Home

2004 Nissan Titan Owners Manual

1. Dapo 3 4 ra Y A MODE Ald NEXT A VOL SEEK AM FM CD DVD AUX y Q Q Xe D 6 7 6 LHA0322 VOL volume control button 7 Infrared headphone transmitter lens MODE select button Ail speaker control button Red transmitters will be visible when NEXT button infrared headphones are on SEEK button Headphone jacks REAR AUDIO CONTROLS if so equipped Push the REAR AV button on the front radio control panel to turn the rear controls on Push the button again to turn rear controls off The headphones symbol illuminates on the front display when the rear audio controls are on Two headphone jacks are provided so two rear seat passengers may listen to the audio system pri vately The rear volume controls can only increase the volume to the level at which the front radio volume control is set One or two infrared headphones are included if the vehicle is equipped with the DVD entertain ment system Most portable radio headphones work with the rear audio controls For vehicles equipped with the FM AM SAT radio with compact disc player if the rear passengers turn off the rear speakers and are using head phones they may choose to listen to a different media than the front passengers The rear pas sengers can listen to the radio while the front passengers can listen to the same thing a CD or SAT radio if so equipped Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 37
2. 0 c ese eee eee 8 2 General maintenance 0 0 0 eee eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 00 cee eee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00 c eee ee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Changing engine coolant 0 085 8 8 Engin Olli sesers neresnice verster etatene diniin 8 8 Checking engine oil level 0 08 8 8 Changing engine oil 0 eee eee 8 9 Changing engine oil filter 000 8 10 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 11 Power steering flUidisi csie curcic ened gaara 8 11 Brake FUG sacetshe dicta tren ehi dn ea e pa 8 11 Brake fluid serein enne ac akan ad EEEE ERT 8 12 Window washer fluid eo pacriciiegeniniyosikesrsitd 8 12 Window washer fluid reservoir 005 8 12 Battery iii cnecttsmereee weaeage trieg yiye Casveee he 8 13 Jump Starting sicss cdddeiveges ceee ds ceased 8 14 Drive belts s sor tls gacse titan grantees nonten iinde 8 14 Spark PUGS ai sinira n a a eke 8 15 Replacing spark plugs csc eee eee 8 15 Al Cleanels 20 tawcdbatres ited caer added dale 8 16 In Cabin Microfilter wiscce oascon vesieee daar vate 8 16 Windshield wiper blades 00 cece eee 8 18 Cleaning Tegi a 8 18 Replacing ecards ap yri tornante atin 8 18 Parking brake and brake ped
3. 0 cece eee eee eee 2 34 SOAGE ep edushan shane chosen phaee EE 2 35 Instrument panel storage trays 08s 2 35 Console box if so equipped 0 ee 2 35 Center armrest storage if so equipped 2 37 Glove DOK e gapin paea E phen ewius 2 37 Sunglasses holder 0 0 0c e eee eae 2 38 Map pockets sie ein nina laine iaa aen 2 38 Seatback pocket if so equipped 5 2 39 Overhead console if so equipped 2 39 CUP holders sarrere eneee ei eie sige 2 40 Grocery hooks if so equipped 055 2 42 Lockable bedside storage compartment if so 6quipped 4 24 bacedcrete piensa ceed ieee 2 43 WINdOWS scnecc cetbise endi Ene ed ed paS 2 43 Power windows if so equipped 5 2 43 Manual windows 0c ccc e eee eee ee 2 46 Rear sliding window if so equipped 2 46 Sunroof if so equipped 0c c eee eee eee 2 46 Automatic Sunrool i202 cccueecceaveseetwoeeees 2 46 Intenorlight 2cietciwaden ie gee hareen aaie 2 48 Console light if so equipped 00e 2 49 Personal lights if so equipped ee 2 49 Map lights if so equipped 0 6 c cece eee eee 2 50 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped 2 50 Programming HomeLink 0 0 00s eee 2 51 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSLOMGIS orcs setast aas upeina tae Gielen ai 2 52 Operating the HomeLink un
4. 00 e cee eee eee 5 31 Freeing a frozen door lock cece 5 31 PMURAIC SZC incite ene a ea denture baa pave beat 5 31 Batley soc covt ed iesae eee epre i erien iaia 5 31 Draining of coolant water cee eee 5 31 Tire CQUIPMENE ccc c ce ceiesateeeee dea eemesa 5 32 Special winter equipment 00 5 32 Driving On SNOW OF ICE eee 5 32 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possi bly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others in your vehicle Unattended pets should not be left alone either e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately 5 2 Starting and driving e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any e
5. See a NISSAN dealer for replacement Headlight assembly LD1I0382 High HB3 9005 Always check with the Parts Department at a 3 Disconnect the bulb connector Q NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Disconnect the negative battery cable Low HB4 9006 The fog light is accessible in front of the front Park Tum S1S7AK tire and behind the bumper Sidemarker 194 Front fog light 881 Puddle lamp 906 Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and re move Room map lights Personal lights 2GL T2P Remove by pulling it straight out of the fog Saal JBS light assembly Do not shake or rotate the i bulb when removing it Do not touch the Glove box light 158 glass envelope Vanity mirror light Install in the reverse order of removal Step light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 WDI0409 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself NOaRON gt Room map light Front personal lights Step light Puddle lamp High mount stoplight cargo lights License plate light Rear combination tailgate light assem bly Headlight assembly Fog light WDI0263 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation LDIO389 Room map lights Use a cloth to protect the housing gy
6. Air passed through LHA0413 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 HEATING amp DEFROSTING DEFOGGING Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial control dial Air recirculation Air conditioner button button i Air A C Air flow Temp Fan s Button control control control recirculation OFF P agm 4 OFF t Air passed through heater core LHA0414 COOLING lt Air not passed through heater core Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial control dial Air recirculation Air conditioner button button i Air A C Air flow Temp Fan A Button control control control recirculation Auto MAX COOL turns A C LEFT 4 ON LHA0415 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual
7. Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer M q LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close the hood and all doors 4 Push the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked f a door is open and you push the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard warning lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep For vehicles without navigation system refer to Silencing the horn beep feature later in this section For ve hicles with navigation system refer to Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio
8. Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal air bags section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION 1 The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas 2 Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity in areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists where road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion t
9. gt gt REW Rewind FF Fast Forward When the 44 rewind or gt fast forward button is pushed while a compact disc is playing the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the compact disc loaded with the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play ra P SEEK TRACK Whenthe M button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed Whenthe gt I button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 33 the button is pushed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played When pushing the M or PI button for more than 1 5 seconds each track will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the
10. 005 6 2 Changing a flat tire 0 eee eee 6 2 J mp starting s weiiciessie wscaaiee dnsleltiase niet aen nn EEE 6 8 Push Starting sis nnne nied ave aa a EGS 6 10 If your vehicle overheats 000 Towing your vehicle 0 eee eee Towing recommended by NISSAN Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle FLAT TIRE LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres sure warning system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the tire pressure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure lower than 28 psi 193 kPa the low tire pressure warning system will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h For more details please refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressure information in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems sec tion and Low tire pressure warning system in the Starting and driving section 6 2 Inca
11. Anti lock brake warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Automatic transmission park warning light EA model Brake warning light Engine oil pres sure low engine coolant tem perature high warning light 4WD warning light EEJ model Low tire pres sure warning light Warning Name P light ow Indicator light age Low windshield 2 16 washer fluid warning light Seat belt warn ing light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic transmission position indica tor light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Indicator Name light B LSD or SLIP DIFF LOCK 0 10 Illustrated table of contents Active brake limited slip if so equipped Cruise main switch indicator light Cruise set switch indicator light Electronic lock ing rear differ ential E Lock system on indi cator light if so equipped 4WD shift indi cator light EXA model Indicator Name Page light Front passenger air bag status light High beam in dicator light Blue Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Security indica tor light NVIS if so equipped Indicator Name Page light SLIP 4LO Slip indicator 2 19 light if so equipped Transfer 4LO position indica tor light EXA model Turn signal
12. Disconnect the electrical connector Push down on the clips and remove the air cleaner cover Remove the air cleaner filter 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure WDI0406 1 Remove the two lower glove box screws WDI0407 LDI0387 LDI0404 Open the glove box then remove the four upper glove box screw It is not necessary to remove the two glove box striker screws Remove the glove box assembly from the instrument panel
13. LIC0565 Side tray Center tray if so equipped INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE TRAYS LICO566 AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop The rubber mats can be removed for cleaning CONSOLE BOX if so equipped AWARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Instruments and controls 2 35 o8 00000 a LIC0574 WIC0642 LIC0591 Console box storage trays Console box storage Console box lock Pull up on the lever to open the console boxlid Use the master key to lock or unlock the console box 2 36 Instruments and controls LICO621 CENTER ARMREST STORAGE if so equipped To access the center armrest storage area lower the center armrest and lift the lid LICO578 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Instruments and controls 2 37 lt 2 T 4 D EY LICO567 SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release AWARNING The sunglasses case should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation CAUTION e Do not use
14. NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or ques tions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena California 90248 0191 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Instruments and controls Pre d
15. 4 000 miles O Display Maintenance Notification F LHA0401 __TIREPRESSUPE _ psi EN LHA 0403 To set the maintenance interval select the Maintenance Schedule key by using the joy stick and push the joystick to right or left To reset the maintenance interval select the Re set key using the joystick and push the EN TER button To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION automatically when set trip distance is reached select the Display Maintenance Notifica tion key and push the ENTER button Tire pressure information Pressure indication in psi on the screen indi cates that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 In case of low tire pressure a message is dis played on the screen FLAT TIRE low tire air pressure AWARNING When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Contact your NISSAN dealer as so
16. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm 2004 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC GARDENA CALIFORNIA All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc Gar dena California WELCOME TO THE WORLD OF NISSAN NISSAN TECHNICAL CENTER NORTH AMERICA INC in Farmington Hills Michigan NISSAN MANUFACTURING FACILITY in Canton Mississippi WFWO0014 Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedication to produce the finest in safe reliable and economical transportation Your vehicle is the product of a suc cessful worldwide company that manufactures cars and trucks in over 17 countries and distributes them in 170 nations NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufactu
17. Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown below Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 14 kg Luggage Available cargo capacity 500 Ib 70 kg 227 kg WT10091 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never ex ceed XXX pounds on your vehicle s tire placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX pounds 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 150 650 lbs Determine the combined weight of lugg
18. ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS ao WDI0413 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself Battery Fuse fusible link box Transmission dipstick Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir Air cleaner Radiator cap Power steering fluid reservoir 10 Engine oil dipstick 11 Engine coolant reservoir NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity ONDARON o ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round anti freeze cool ant solution The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional engine cooling system additives are not neces sary AWARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Outside temperature down to A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant
19. Press and release the smart or learn pro gram button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the program button Instruments and controls 2 51 NOTE Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for conve nience to assist when performing this step 7 Within 30 seconds of pressing and releas ing the garage door opener program button quickly and firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to 3 times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 2 52 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1
20. When the CD button is pushed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the compact disc starts to play WMV i Track up down FF REV rewind buttons Track up down When the A button is pushed and released while the compact disc is playing the selection following the present one starts to play from the beginning Push the A button several times to skip several selections Each time the button is pushed the CD advances 1 additional selection The number appears in the display window When the last selection on the compact disc is skipped the first selection is played When the button is pushed and released the selection being played returns to the beginning Push the button several times to skip back several selections Each time the button is pushed the CD moves back 1 selection If the play pattern is in MIX mode when the A or button is pushed the next selection will be chosen at random FF Fast Forward REV Reverse When the A or button is pushed and held while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast for warding or rewinding When the button is re leased the compact disc returns to normal play speed MENU MENU When the MENU button is pushed while the com pact disc is playing the play pattern changes as follows RPT The current selection is repeated MIX Selections are played at random not fol lowing the seque
21. s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly an
22. vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load 9 4 Technical and consumer information API certification mark API service symbol WT10082 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose engine oil with the cor rect quality and viscosity to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance NISSAN recom mends the use of a low friction oil energy con serving oil in order to improve fuel economy and conserve energy Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Only those engine oils with the American Petro leum
23. ANISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and press the PWR power VOL volume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditio
24. ENTER button POWER on off button MODE button Input jacks STOP button PLAY PAUSE button MENU button DISPLAY button NAVIGATION keys DIGITAL VIDEO DISC DVD PLAYER CONTROLS Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 39 O 4 Qt 7 15 oe oe L5e 1 1 lassa 8 W I 10 8 WO GD aad LHA0317 POWER button 2 STOP button 3 NEXT TRACK CHAPTER and PREVI OUS TRACK CHAPTER button 4 TITLE button 5 ENTER button 15 16 17 18 DISPLAY button MODE button SUBTITLE button AUDIO button ANGLE button CLEAR button PAUSE button PLAY button FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE button MENU button NAVIGATION keys BACK button NUMERIC KEYPAD REMOTE CONTROL 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems LHA0315 FLIP DOWN SCREEN The flip down screen has a wireless remote con trol receiver 1 located at the bottom of the screen ACAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mer cury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water e The screen rotates down to view and up into the housing to store when not in use Ensure that the screen is latched securely into the housing wh
25. To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being acci dently locked inside the vehicle LPDO278 LPDO266 6 C i Ss LPD0267 WIDE OPEN DOORS if so equipped A CAUTION Do not open the Wide Open door to the full open position while the fuel filler door is open only open it as far as the first detent Opening the door to the full open position may damage the fuel filler door and Wide Open door The Wide Open doors open nearly 180 to allow access to the rear of the cab 1 Open the driver s or passenger s door 2 From the outside pull the door handle toward you From the inside pull the inside door handle to ward you The door will unlock automatically Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LPDO265 LPDO242 3 Open the door to the desired position 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Crew Cab models only Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small ch
26. Transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NVIS KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for the console box lock the beside storage compartment lock or the tailgate lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NVIS keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NVIS keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is because the registrat
27. VOL volume button The VOL button allows the rear passengers to adjust the headphone volume level oi SPEAKER CONTROL button Push this button to turn the rear speakers off and headphones on Push this button again to turn rear seat speakers back on and headphones off MODE button The MODE button allows the rear passengers to change between AM FM CD DVD and AUX The media options are listed on the face plate of the rear audio controls When a source of media is selected the media label will be illuminated SEEK button In AM or FM mode the SEEK button allows the rear seat passengers to find the next radio station up or down the station band frequency In CD mode the SEEK button allows the rear passengers to find the next or previous selection on the CD NEXT button When the NEXT button is pushed while in AM or FM mode the radio will change to the next preset The NEXT button does not function while in SAT radio mode or when playing a DVD or CD ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna clock wise Tighten the antenna rod to specification using a suitable tool such as an open end wrench The antenna rod tightening specification is 3 4 3 6 N m 80 32 in Ib Do not use pliers to tighten the antenna as they can leave marks on the antenna surface The antenna
28. WSD0103 AWARNING e Always turn and look back before back ing The RSS is not a substitute for proper backing procedures Read and understand the limitations of the rear sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may af fect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects e The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground e If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it mis aligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measure ment of obstacles or false alarms The Rear Sonar System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when R Reverse is selected The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The RSS detects obstacles up to 6 ft 1 8 meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approximate zone cov erage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 in 25 0 cm away the tone will soun
29. ae a LDI0364 de LDI0385 Personal lights Use a cloth to protect the housing Vanity mirror Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 LDIO341 LDI0388 WD10233 Step light Use a cloth to protect the housing 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Puddle light Use a cloth to protect the housing Room light Use a cloth to protect the housing WDI0411 License plate light LDI0410 Rear combination light WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Infor mation label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less
30. can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer
31. channel system if so equipped 9 14 Loading TIPS si er a e E EEEN 9 19 Truck camper loading information 005 9 19 Crew Cab Models 0000 eee ee eee 9 19 King Cab models iciie canvas taeda sia renak 9 19 Special Body vehicles 0005 9 19 Location for center of gravity 008 9 20 Payload weight capacity e eee 9 20 Measurement of weights 0 00s eae 9 21 TOWINGEA TANS ss Saiece aratece tare soraid riiki nn Enei mane 9 22 Maximum load limits 00 c cece 9 22 Towing load specification chart 000 9 24 Towing Safely as cc0 ce cearcaniea stance dame ce da 9 25 FTA TOWING os ssc ickc heathy de ah ateatranttsnancie e 9 32 SMOW BOW sie date deed denikee aa E akties 9 32 Uniform tire quality grading cece e eee 9 32 Emission control system warranty 00008 9 33 Reporting safety defects US only 55 9 33 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 34 Event data recorders 0 0ceec ence eens 9 34 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 35 In the event of a collision 0 00s eee 9 36 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper re
32. extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations ARS1042 ARS 1043 ARS 1044 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 15 ARS1045 WRS0256 WRS0431 Do not lean against doors or windows AWARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air AWARNING Bag System never install a rear facing Supplemental side air bag if so equipped child restraint in the front seat An in and curtain side impact and rollover air flating supplemental front air bag could bag seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints later in this section for details e The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact and rollover air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags lt gt SE XS LRS0396 SS
33. from sliding or shifting off the end of the truck bed They must be installed so they are properly seated in the detents in the channel Install the channels end stoppers as follows 1 Remove the channel protectors by sliding them out the back of the truck bed Properly store the channel protectors 2 Loosen the bolt on the center of the end stopper with the provided wrench and insert it into the channel 3 Position the end stopper to the desired lo cation on the channel so the nubs on the bottom of the end stopper fully seat into the channel detents 4 Tighten the bolt on the center of the end stopper with the provided wrench LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S certi fication label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury e Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicl
34. more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previ ous radio station FF REW Push the tuning switch W or 4N forless 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs To stop the FF or REW function press the W or N _ button for less than 1 5 seconds again 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems When playing a CD in the CD changer if so equipped push the tuning switch W or A_ for more than 1 5 seconds to change between discs when multiple CDs are loaded Memory change radio Push the tuning switch or for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next preset station in memory Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch or 4N for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch or for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks This system searches for the blank intervals be tween selections If there is a blank interval within 1 program or there is no interval between pro grams the system may not stop in the desired or expected location Change disc CD if so equipped Push the tuning switch or 4N for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down
35. not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started ACAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempt ing to do so may cause transmission damage 6 10 Incase of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING e Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is co
36. oD opok BASD 4WD shift indicator light pX model or Front passenger air bag status A ight High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Security indicator light NVIS if so equipped Slip indicator light if so equipped Transfer 4LO position indicator light CZZJ model Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABS Anti lock brake warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock brake system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Turn off the engine and start it again by slowly turning the ignition key quickly do ing so may cause the ABS light to stay on when there is nothing wrong If the light stays on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the anti lock function ceases but the regular braking system continues to operate If the light comes on while you are driving contact a NISSAN dealer for repair The ABS system will be disabled and the ABS light will illuminate when the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped is turned
37. pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be re clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve hicle is stopped 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags A WARNING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked WRS0276 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped AWARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner if so equipped in Pre driving checks and adjustments for auto matic drive positioner operation Forwar
38. retractor is in the automatic locking mode front air bag in a crash and could seri ously injure or kill your child 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags e NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front center bench seat follow these instructions carefully A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat WRS0430 WRS0250 Front Facing step 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front center bench seat follow these steps f Position the child restraint on the front pas senger bench seat as illustrated It should be placed in a front facing direction only Always follow the restraint manufac turer s instructions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Front Facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 51 WRS0264 WRS0265 Front Facing step 3 Front Facing step
39. Department P O Box 191 Gardena CA 90248 0191 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 You may also write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from the Hotline You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 Technical and consumer information 9 33 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal
40. FF gt gt PAUSE MUTE PROG RPT PRESET 7 nec i cD RADIO AUX Aha REAR av 12 T j i 9 10 11 8 13 p Loan C 4 15 PUSH PUSH POWER AUDIO 2 4 VOLUME TUNE CHANNEL 17 LHA0385 ISON SEEK TRACK change button TUNE REW FF button Display PAUSE MUTE button PROG RPT button H M button clock set buttons PRESET A B C select button CD play button RADIO button 11 A Speaker control button 12 REAR AV button 13 LOAD button 14 CD insert slot 15 CD eject button 16 POWER VOLUME control knob 17 Station and CD select buttons 1 6 18 Tuning and AUDIO control knob BASS MID TREBLE FADE and BAL ANCE No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled retrofit unavailable without fac tory satellite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER Type A B C and D if so equipped No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT or RADIO button is pressed to select satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 stalled retrofit
41. Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Num ber VIN etc Review it carefully Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE WTI0100 WTI0101 LTI0093 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed as shown Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Make holes on the plastic finisher at the location mark small dimple using a 0 20 in 5 mm drill Apply light pressure to the drill Install the license plate holder using the two screws provided with the holder Mount the license plate using two M6 14mm bolts License plate bolt tightening torque 3 8 4 7 ft lb 5 10 6 37 N m Technical and consumer information 9 11 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a colli sion people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure eve
42. Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 29 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Power outlet Cigarette lighter accessory P 2 32 P 2 34 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if so equipped P 2 30 Tow mode switch P 2 32 E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 30 Shift selector lever console if so equipped P 5 9 Power outlet P 2 32 Passenger air bag status light P 2 18 Hazard lights P 2 28 AWD shift switch if so equipped P 5 20 Shift selector lever column if so equipped P 5 9 Instrument brightness control P 2 27 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 13 Cargo lamp switch P 2 28 Rear sonar system off switch if so equipped P 2 31 Pedal position adjustment switch if so equipped P 3 13 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES N kez LIC0540 OoPWON gt Warning indicator lights Tachometer Speedometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge Engine oil pressure gauge Automatic transmission fluid tempera ture gauge if so equipped Odometer Twin trip odometer Voltmeter Instruments and controls 2 3 LICO541 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer twin trip display 3 Change button SPEE
43. In the display menu push the ENTER button to select items for modification as per the on screen instructions MENU If the media is in PLAY mode and the MENU button is pressed the DVD menu will appear on the screen Use Navigation Keys to navigate within the menu and use ENTER to select the item Push the MENU button again to return to PLAY mode TITLE Remote control only Push TITLE button to return the DVD media to the title of the DVD Push TITLE button again to return to the previous stop point and play BACK Remote control only Push the BACK button to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu SUBTITLE Remote control only Push the SUBTITLE button to call up subtitle selection menu Repeatedly press the SUBTITLE button to cycle through each available subtitle AUDIO Remote control only Push the AUDIO button to call up audio menu Repeatedly press the AUDIO button to cycle through each available audio track ANGLE Remote control only Push the ANGLE button to call up camera angle menu Repeatedly press the ANGLE button to cycle through each available angle 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems CLEAR Remote control only Push the CLEAR button to clear all numeric in puts if actuated prior to expiration of the 3 second timer NUMERIC KEYPAD 0 9 amp gt 10 Remote control only Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly acce
44. Institute API CERTIFICATION MARK on the front of the container should be used This type of oil supersedes the existing API SG SH or SJ and Energy Conserving II categories If you cannot find engine oil with the API CERTI FICATION MARK use API grade SL Energy Conserving oil An oil with a single designation SL or in combination with other categories for example SL CF may also be used if one with the API CERTIFICATION MARK cannot be found An ILSAC grade GF IIl oil can also be used NISSAN recommends mineral based oils These oils must however meet the API quality and SAE viscosity ratings specified for your vehicle Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change The chart Rec ommended SAE viscosity number shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause seri ous engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a hi
45. Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Ifthe child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and provinces of Canada require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated AWARNING Improper use of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child restraint should not move more th
46. TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing AWARNING e Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic trans mission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID max f HOT MAX HoT MAX MAX COLD coD MN mN A Mea a The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF fluid Remove the cap and fill through the opening ACAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated f
47. When closing the tailgate make sure the latches are securely locked Do not drive the vehicle with the tailgate down unless equipped with NISSAN s Bed Extender accessory or equivalent in the extended position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 For proper truck box loading see Loading tips under the Vehicle loading information heading in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a colli sion people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments a L S SU ol LPDO271 Removing the tailgate 1 Release the tailgate support cables ACAUTION e The tailgate is heavy Two people should remove or install it Be careful not to drop it during removal After releasing the support cables do not let the tailgate rest on the bumper 2 Hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle 3 Pull the tailgate out from the right side hinge 4 Slide the tailgate out of the left side hinge Installing the tailgate 1 Insert the tailgate into the left side hinge 2 Hold the tailgate at a 45
48. and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag EX Use 4H or 4L position only when necessary Four wheel drive operation low ers fuel economy Starting and driving 5 19 Ex USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD A CAUTION TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO PROCEDURES position on dry hard surface roads Driv The part time 4WD system provides 3 positions ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select the may cause unnecessary noise tire wear desired drive mode according to the driving con and increased
49. assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be much harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brakes and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not r
50. backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be re clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve hicle is stopped AWARNING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked FRONT MANUAL BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped AWARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle e After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 3 LRS0426 LRS0427 Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward
51. be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors such as or ange may damage the engine cooling system LDIO369 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten it until a clicking sound is heard Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT ANISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating AWARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by
52. can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear paved roads WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section in this manual for tire replacing proce dures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening t
53. damage your vehicle 6 8 Incase of emergency Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it Vehicle Being jump started SSA j ees Vehicle with a for LA Cloth aT SS booster A WCE0054 A WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply the parking brake Shift the transmis sion into P Park Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems lights heater air condi tioner etc 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il lustrated A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc
54. degree angle and insert into the right side hinge 3 Continue to hold the tailgate at a 45 degree angle and attach the tailgate support cables 4 Close the tailgate securely AWARNING Og m O e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury LPDO272 LT10102 Locking the tailgate TIE DOWN HOOKS To lock the tailgate turn the key toward the pas For your convenience tie down hooks are placed senger side of the vehicle To unlock turn the at each corner of the truck box These may be key toward the driver side used to help secure cargo loaded into the truck box The weight of the cargo load must be evenly distributed over both the front and the rear axles e All cargo should be securely fastened with ropes or straps to prevent it from shifting or sliding within the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features Memory storage function Entry exit function 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPDO260 MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION Two positions for the driver s seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory sys
55. discharging the vehicle battery e Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on LIC0617 WIC0728 Before inserting or disconnecting a In truck box if so equipped This power outlet can be used with an acces plug be sure the electrical accessory Do not use the outlet located in the truck box with sory cigarette lighter element Contact your being used is turned OFF a Ba ae eee 120W 15A NISSAN dealer for information e Push the plug in as far as it will go If power draw Do not use double a apters or more e 3 ood contact is not made the plug ma than one electrical accessory This power outlet can also be used for powering aS Soa or th internal aeie electrical accessories such as cellular tele fuse may open CAUTION phones A When not in use be sure to close the For the power outlet located in the bed of A CAUTION cap Do not allow water to contact the the truck do not use with accessories that outlet exceed a 12 volt 120W 15A power draw e The cigarette lighter should not be used Do not use double adapters or more than while driving so full attention may be one electrical accessory given to vehicle operation The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use 2 34 Instruments and controls STORAGE Ue E OE p be ee ey E
56. doors if so equipped 3 5 Child safety rear door lock Crew Cab MOdElS Oly sanee ara a ES A DA 3 6 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 7 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 7 Battery replacement 0 00 ccs eee eee 3 10 FO OG oea a cate E E E EA NEA 3 11 F eltiller dee eiai eara 3 11 F elfiller Capi erener ederse pi Eneee EE dare ee 3 11 Steering Weslo erirri ratie tnan E EEEE E ean 3 13 Tilt operation if so equipped 0 0e 0 3 13 Pedal position adjustment if so equipped 3 13 SUM VISOTS eeun ei a a ar debian 3 14 Vanity MINOIS porrrerresrornrids iy edie spe ienen 3 15 Minors aeinn n raae e E 3 16 Inside mirror if so equipped 0 eee ee 3 16 Automatic anti glare inside mirror if so equipped cece eect eee ee 3 16 Outside mirrors 0 0 cece cece eee eee 3 16 TUCK ID OX fesse ete Sheree anachtian napa aesie mea ee E 3 19 Tailgate teased se udtere ee Ra aide Eee Peay 3 19 Tie down hooks is sess gastos state siiadeen uui 3 21 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 22 Memory storage function 0 cee e eee 3 22 Entry exit UNCON eiiie esas eek eae aetna 3 23 System operation erp ueri e e E eee 3 23 KEYS 3 WPDO128 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Valet key black with transponder chip 3 Key number plate 4
57. driver and passenger doors are open regardless of the interior light switch position These lights will turn off automatically after about 30 minutes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery PERSONAL LIGHTS if so equipped SIME LICO587 e LIC0623 CONSOLE LIGHT if so equipped The console light will turn on whenever the parking lights or headlights are illuminated The console light brightness can be adjusted with the illumination brightness control The personal lights on the overhead console can be swiveled 360 degrees To turn on the light press the button Press the button again to turn off the light Instruments and controls 2 49 MAP LIGHTS if so equipped aime LICO586 To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 50 Instruments and controls HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency
58. ee anaes avn a a Basle eased 5 7 Automatic transmission 00 0 cee 5 7 Key POSILIONS sinbckseue ranr n oinor TEE Ena 5 8 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system NVIS 5 8 Before starting the engine cc eee eee 5 8 Starting the engine 0c cece eee eee ee 5 9 Driving the vehicle 2 206 c cee ee eee 5 9 Engine protection mode 000eceee eens 5 9 Automatic transmission 000 c cece eee 5 10 Parking brake cxssctscsctdeietaeesdecwee ce need 5 16 Cruise ContrOl s sc cciwngd ees terns aeee e 5 17 Precautions on cruise control 00 008 5 17 Cruise control operations 000 5 17 Breakin Schedule ici cedes soscorisrresriasisouss 5 19 Increasing fuel ECONOMY 6 6 eee eee eee 5 19 CZJ Using four wheel drive 4WD 5 20 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 20 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system if so equipped 6 eee c eee eee minni 5 25 Parking parking on hills 0 0 cece eee eee eee 5 26 Power steering i scienvieictierceen cee anii nian 5 27 Brake system esrus esinsreri cso dt eidvaw esd cae eceias 5 27 Brake preGautions ois sc science piace ae Queene tae 5 27 Anti lock brake system ABS 0 000 5 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system if so equipped 2 cece cece tenets 5 29 Rear sonar system if so equipped 055 5 30 Cold weather driving
59. expensive damage to the transfer case and transmission VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged In case of emergency 6 13 CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Use the towing hook if so equipped only to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using only the tow ing hook e The towing hook is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Never pull the hook at an angle e Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems e Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped 6 14 Incase of emergency Activate the Electronic Locking Rear Differ ential E Lock System if so equipped Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clea
60. fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON position JEA E Engine oil pressure low Engine coolant tempera ture high warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure or high engine coolant temperature If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine and allow it to cool If the light remains on after checking the oil and coolant stop the en gine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop This light is not designed to indicate a low oil or low coolant level Check the oil level with the dipstick and check the coolant level on the reservoir See Engine oil and Checking engine coolant level in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Also see If your vehicle overheats in t
61. fuel consumption ditions If the 4WD warning light turns on when 2WD or 4WD shift procedure you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD e in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly 5 20 Starting and driving 4WD Indicator Light Shift ee Use Conditions AWD Shift Procedure Switch Transfer 4LO Position shift position Move the 4WD switch Rear For driving on dry paved roads Economy ae sani Ein orian Rill ndate tanier chit ousi d heel dri tate d ter I M testi shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged i meen state oynamoineter M testing IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO MOVE THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SELECT LEVER TO THE N POSITION IN THIS OPERATION PER FORM THIS OPERATION WHEN DRIVING STRAIGHT 4 wheels ror arving on rocky sandy or snow covered Neutral Neutral disengages the automatic transmission 1 Stop the vehicle mechanical parking lock which will allow the 2 With the brake pedal depressed move the automatic transmission May blink vehicle to roll Do not leave the transfer shift selec
62. gt I button again CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded push a CD select button 1 6 REPEAT RPT When the PROG RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT ALL DISC RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT All discs loaded will be repeated 1 DISC RPT The disc that is currently playing will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated ALL DISC RDM Tracks from all discs will be played randomly 1 DISC RDM Tracks from the disc that is cur rently playing will be played randomly REAR AV type B and D only Pushing the REAR AV button for less than 1 5 seconds turns the rear seat audio controller on REAR CONT ON will display Pushing it again will turn the rear seat audio controller off REAR CONT OFF will display If the vehicle is not equipped with a rear seat audio controller the display will show REAR AV N A If a DVD is loaded in the DVD entertainment system if so equipped pushing the REAR AV button for more than 1 5 seconds will turn the DVD player on When the REAR AV button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds with a DVD loaded and another audio source playing the other source will auto matically be turned off and the DVD will start to play nnd Push this button to turn the rear speakers off and headphones on Push
63. hazard indicator lights Vehicle dy namic control off indicator light if so equipped 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags SCAlS st ranoni eae ee eaters ae NEEE E OA EE 1 2 Front manual captain s chair seat adjustment if so equipped 6 6 cece eee eee eee 1 2 Front manual bench seat adjustment if so equipped 2 keene eee ee 1 3 Front power seat adjustment if so equipped 6 eee cece eee eee eee 1 5 Head restraint adjustment 0 0 0c eae 1 6 Armrests if so equipped 0 c eee eee eee 1 7 Flexible Seating ioc saci ecassinge saddens eed sere 1 8 Supplemental restraint system 000 1 12 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIEM icon ava Gawd Haas E aie delete ee 1 12 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 26 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 27 Seal belt wiecce wedveraw Peas Penis nnaewa wee eee 1 28 Precautions on seat belt usage 005 1 28 Child safety 00 lt sscsabeatavderieiewiaenereeesa 1 30 Pregnant WOMEN sa wsie6 essed daee ete vam Injured Persons 222 sccccrecec ees eeas rameaon se Three point type seat belt with retractor Two point type seat belt without retractor center of the front bench seat if so equipped eicere cece cece eee eee Seat belt extenders 00 2c eee Seat belt maintenance 000 Child restraints i scri ceases assuage sed
64. high 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual In case of emergency 6 11 ACE1019 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN 6 12 Incase of em
65. indicator light shows the automatic Automatic transmission posi tion indicator light transmission selector lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Active brake lim ited slip if so equipped This indicator light comes on if the active brake imited slip is activated If activated the system will apply brake to the slipping rear wheel giving the non slipping rear wheel more traction B LSD Or SLIP Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer CRUISE Electronic locking rear differ ential E Lock system on in dicator light if so equipped DIFF LOCK This light comes on when the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system clutch is fully engaged The indicator light flashes when the system is first turned on When the system fully engages the light remains on If the switch is on and the indicator light contin
66. ing to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for 5 32 Starting and driving the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s sug gestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on ve hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear ance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the minimum clear ances between the tire and the closest ve hicle suspension or body component re quired to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain ten sioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibil ity of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Never install tire chains on spare tires Do not use tire chains on dry roads SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow fr
67. it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The malfunction indicator lamp may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly 2 18 Instruments and controls and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the 8 lamp should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists Operation The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in one of two ways Malfunction indicator lamp on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The Si lamp should turn off after a few driving trips If the 84F lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction indicator lamp blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator l
68. loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna 4 20 Display screen heater
69. may become dirty or damaged e Do not attempt to use the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C or above 158 F 70 C e Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme humidity conditions less than 10 or more than 75 LHA0049 HOW TO HANDLE THE DVD A CAUTION e Handle a DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion e Do not use a conventional record cleaner benzine thinner or alcohol in tended for industrial use Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 45 e A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Never attempt to use a DVD that has been cracked deformed or repaired using adhesive Doing so may cause damage to the equipment Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contami nation or flaws Otherwise signals may not be read properly Do not write draw or attach anything on any side of the DVD Do not store the DVD in locations with direct sunlight or in high temperatures or humidity Always place discs in the storage case when they are not being used Do not put on any sticker or write anything on either surface of the DVD LHA0484 DVD player operation precautions Do not use the
70. may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants e Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily un
71. need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission is shifted into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Qee WCE0044 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Fold up the rear bench seat Refer to Fold ing the rear bench seat in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags section of this manual In case of emergency 6 3 LCE0093 LCE0089 LCE0090 2 Unscrew and remove the jack and tool kit 6 4 Incase of emergency 3 Assemble the two pieces of the jack
72. on Press the switch again to turn the heated mirror off The heated outside mirrors automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes Instruments and controls 2 23 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH A IDAE av sae LICO560 LICO706 LICO688 Type A Type B Type C HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH A CAUTION Lighting Use the headlights with the engine run f SAAB ning to avoid discharging the vehicle When turning the switch to the P4 posi battery tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on When turning the switch to the posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on 2 24 Instruments and controls LICO561 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for 45 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff is adjust able for vehicles with navigation system See Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section later in this manual To turn on the autol
73. on and the E Lock system is engaged If the E Lock system disengages or the switch is turned off the ABS system will be enabled and the ABS light will turn off AT Automatic transmission check CHECK was warning light When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for about 2 seconds If the light blinks for approximately 8 seconds it may indicate the automatic transmission system is not functioning properly Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the transmission if necessary Automatic transmission park warning light 3 model AWARNING e If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park po sition will not function and the transfer case is in neutral When parking always make sure that the 4WD shift switch is in 4H or 4LO and the parking brake is set Failure to en gage the transfer control in 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle moving unex pectedly resulting in serious personal injury or property damage Part time 4WD Shift the 4WD switch into the 2WD 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the automatic transmission selector le ver is in the P position and the ATP warning light is ON Before shifting the 4WD switch into the 4LO position move the automatic transmission selector le ver into the N position once shift the selector lever into P again and make sure the ATP warning light is OFF This light indicates that the automatic
74. or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop e The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual In case of emergency 6 7 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children e The booster battery must be rated at 12 volis Use of an improperly rated battery can
75. out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed 4 gi 3 Ot e9 2x1 WSD0098 To move the selector lever m Shift while depressing the brake pedal gt _ Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting console After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to the P Park position then the key can be turned
76. pioneered the use of electronics and com puters in automobiles and has led the industry in improving both performance and fuel efficiency through new engine designs and the use of syn thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight The com pany has also developed ways to build quality into its vehicles at each stage of the production process both through extensive use of automation and most importantly through an awareness that people are the central element in quality control From the time the parts arrived from our suppliers until you took delivery of your new NISSAN dozens of checks were made to ensure that only the best job was being done in producing and delivering your vehicle NISSAN also takes great care to ensure that when you take your NISSAN to your dealer for maintenance the service technician will perform his work according to the quality standards that have been established by NISSAN Safety has also been built into your NISSAN As you know seat belts are an integral part of the safety systems that will help protect you and your passen gers in the event of a sudden stop or an accident We urge you to use the seat belts every time you drive the vehicle The NISSAN story of growth and achievement re flects our major goal to provide you our customer with a vehicle that is built with quality and craftsman ship a product that we can be proud to build and you can be proud to own NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
77. pre tensioner seat belts are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain air bags pre tensioner seat belts and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 27 AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be re placed Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired e The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental
78. preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 31 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Push and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SAT radio encoded within a regular radio broad cast Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock Traffic reports about delays or construction If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Program type PTY PTY can be used to search for a certain program type Certain areas have a limited number of stations that transmit RDS Many stations trans mit call letters and
79. radio reception 0000 cece eee eee 4 19 AM radio reception 0 c eee eee 4 20 Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 000 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped 2 eee eee eens FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer Type A B C and D if so equipped 0 cece eee eee eee eee CD care and cleaning 225 2csaiesondawen uti Steering wheel switch for audio control Cif SO 6qUIPDE ce sarson senser op a E enei Rear audio controls if so equipped Antennas ied acocs rarai or anaE E ewes NISSAN mobile entertainment system MES if so equipped errei resci eee eee iisk Digital video disc DVD player controls Remote Control 0 0 0 ineine eee FIIP GOWNSCHEGM eects rusia ent yeda stee dtesa Playing a digital video disc DVD Care and maintenance 0 0005 How to handle the DVD 0 00008 Car phone or CB radio 0 0 eee eee CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS if so equipped AWARNING e Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock e Do not use this syst
80. rial near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or cur tain air bag system The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Pre tensioner seat belt system Front seats AWARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serio
81. rod Find the oval shaped opening above the middle of the license plate Pass the T shaped end of the jack rod through the opening and direct it toward the spare tire winch located directly above the spare tire A CAUTION Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the tire winch Ap ply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare tire Once the spare tire is completely lowered reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the tire from under the rear of the vehicle A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire suspend ing plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up th
82. should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver LICO526 LICO527 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK 1 To begin press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapidly flashing blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flash ing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device press and hold the pro grammed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate Ifthe indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another per son for convenience
83. supplemental air bags AWARNING When the vehicle is being used to carry cargo properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Never ride in the rear seat unless the seat bottom cushions are in place and latched e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured Passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop LRS0392 Folding the rear bench seat down The rear bench seatback can be tilted forward to access the child restraint anchor point locations To tilt the seatback forward pull the strap up and tilt the seatback The child restraint anchor points can be accessed behind the rear bench seatback A WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 11 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL
84. systems ve hicles with navigation system in the Dis play screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section later in this manual Low continuous low speed operation High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up to have one sweep opera tion of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water HEATED MIRROR SWITCH if so equipped LICO488 To defrost the heated outside mirrors Start the engine and push the heated mirror switch The indicator light on the switch comes
85. systems sec tion later in this manual 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPDO210 Unlocking doors Push the M button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position The interior lights and puddle lamps if so equipped turn on and the light timer acti vates for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position Push the ff button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds All doors unlock The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the off position Auto relock When the M button on the keyfob is pushed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the key is turned from OFF to ON Linking the keyfob to automatic drive positioner memory If the vehicle is equipped with automatic drive positioner the keyfob can be linked to a memory setting See Automatic driver positioner later in this sectio
86. tee uk 5 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch 2 0 ee ee ee 2 Emission control information label 9 Emission control system warranty 9 Engine Before starting the engine Capacities and recommended fuel lubricantSs lt 3 6 eae ed Changing engine coolant Changing engineoil Changing engine oilfilter 8 Checking engine coolant level Checking engine oil level 8 8 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 7 Engine Otlrs s 5 aes ees tok cae fae a 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 4 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine 5 9 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 6 English Metric button 4 9 Control panel buttons 4 9 ENTER button 242 0502 44 8 ee ata se eo 4 2 Enter button Control panel buttons 4 2 Event datarecorders 9 34 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Eyeglass cas ii caw eee A a E e bis 2 38 F Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 28 Flattine tas eves ce tae ee a 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 4 Fluid Brake flid 2 36 2 6 as ee ease 8 11 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants gt o so ae saone sea ee 9 2 Engin
87. tem 1 Set the automatic transmission selector le ver to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Adjust the drivers seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional infor mation see Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags sec tion and Pedal position adjustment and Outside mirrors earlier in this section During this step do not turn the ignition to any position other than ON 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the se lected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking a keyfob to a stored memory position A keyfob can be linked to a stored memory posi tion with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory posi tion 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec onds press the button on the keyfob The indicator light will blink After the indica tor light goes off the keyfob is linked to that memory setting With the key removed from the ignition switch pr
88. the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce ve hicle speed This combination will help sta bilize the vehicle Never increase speed Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use overdrive Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trail ers Obey th
89. the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the RES ACCEL switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RES ACCEL switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly
90. to access the in cabin mi crofilter cover 3 Remove the filter cover bolt and remove the filter cover NOTE The filters are marked with air flow arrows The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle The arrows should face downward 4 Insert the first filter into the housing and slide it over to the right Insert the second filter into the housing 5 Replace the filter cover 6 Install the glove box door Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 7 Fill out the date information on the small replacement label and attach it to the glove box lid 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision WDI0408 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn Lift the wiper arm away from the windshiel
91. unavailable without factory satel lite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the POWER VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off POWER VOLUME control knob Turn the POWER VOLUME control knob to ad just the volume press the This vehicle has speed sensitive control volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO knob BASS MIDRANGE TREBLE FADE BALANCE and SSV Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as follows BASS MID TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV To adjust Bass Mid Midrange Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to the right or left Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD
92. video CDs and CDs using headphones Passen gers in the rear seat can enjoy the sound inde pendently of the front seat Press the REAR AV button located on the front controls for more than 1 5 seconds to hear the sound of the DVD player through the speakers Pushing the E button on the front controls turns the rear speakers on and off It is possible to operate the DVD player by remote control Headphones are a wireless type and no cables are necessary You can use them in almost all the ranges in the rear seat It is not possible to use the headphones in the front seat POWER on off button With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER button to turn the DVD player on or off Insert the DVD into the slot with the label side facing up The DVD will be guided automatically into the slot If the DVD player is off and a DVD is inserted the DVD player will automatically turn on A CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player MODE select button Push the Mode button to select Audio Video source between DVD and AUX input input jacks 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems on the faceplate Red right channel audio input White left channel audio input and Yellow Video input The display will show the AUX in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds once the Mode is changed to AUX To use the input jac
93. with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti lock brake warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Automatic transmission park warning light Lt Ey model or Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure low engine coolant tem perature high warning light 4WD warning light EJ model Low fuel warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on 2 12 Instruments and controls Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light A Seat belt warning light and chime 4 gio C Supplemental air bag warning light P Automatic transmission position indicator light or SLIP Active brake limited slip if so equipped Cruise main switch indicator light B LSD CRUISE SET Cruise set switch indicator light DIFF Electronic locking rear differential E Lock LOCK system on indicator light if so equipped EF erake or FY SR A WD The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS o amp SLIP 1 ME AT ao
94. 0 2 16 Seatback pockets 0 2 39 Seats Adjustment 2 is ach s ad koa pia aye i 1 2 Automatic drive positioner 3 22 Front Seats lt si s eona a ee 1 2 Heated seats nananana anaa 2 29 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 1 3 Security indicator light 1 21 2 18 Security system Nissan vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 21 3 2 5 8 Self adjusting brakes nonan 8 20 Service manual order form o an aaa 9 35 Servicing air conditioner o 4 19 Setting button SETTING DUttON voi t menma e a 8 4 6 Shift lock release 2 ee ee 5 15 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 11 5 13 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 34 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems 1 24 Spark plug replacement 8 15 Speedometer s r sa ncaa ears Yaad 2 4 SRS warning label 2 2 ee ee 1 26 Starting Before starting the engine 5 8 Jump starting 2 2 0 02 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push Starting o sre ieme oe an bd 6 10 Starting the engine 5 9 Startup Screen Control panel buttons 4 3 Startup screen display 4 4 3 Steering Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 27 Tilting steering wheel 3 13 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 36 Stoplight miara Sedat Aes ee Shee e
95. 0 Ib 3 266 kg with tow 9400 lb 4 264 kg kage 2 N A 9 500 Ib 4 309 kg 2WD 9 300 Ib 4 218 kg 9 200 Ib 4 173 kg package a09 w o tow 650 Ib 295 k 740 lb 336 k 730 Ib 331 k 720 Ib 327 k Tongue Load 9 9 3 with tow 940 Ib 426 kg package 950 Ib 430 kg 2WD K Cab 930b een 920 1b ALE KD C w w ww w w aw w o tow 11 600 lb 11 800 lb 12 800 lb 13 000 lb 12 800 lb 13 000 lb 12 800 lb 13 000 lb nanan package 5 262 kg 5 352 kg 5 806 kg 5 896 kg 5 806 kg 5 896 kg 5 806 kg 5 896 kg ine el Rating with tow NA N A 14 600 lb 14 800 lb 14 600 lb 14 800 lb 14 600 lb 14 800 Ib package 2 6 622 kg 6 713 kg 6 622 kg 6 713 kg 6 622 kg 6 713 kg 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity 2 Requires weight distribution hitch 3 The maximum towing capacity when using the genuine NISSAN step bumper as a ball mount is 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg and 500 Ib 227 kg tongue load 9 24 Technical and consumer information TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehi
96. 0423 WRS0256 Anchor point access 1 Pull strap 2 Anchor point location To access the anchor points behind the rear bench seat tilt the rear seatback forward by lifting up on the pull strap behind the seat back 1 Top tether strap 2 Hook 3 Anchor point INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT OUTBOARD POSITION A WARNING e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seri ously injure or kill your child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 47 Move seat fully back WRS0378 e NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the pas senger air bag is OFF See Front pas senger air bag and status light earlier in this section for details A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat 1 48 e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s l
97. 4 3 Remove all slack in the lap belt for a very 4 Before placing the child in the child restraint tight fit by pulling forcefully on the lap belt use force to tilt the child restraint from side adjustment to side and tug it forward to make sure it is securely in place It should not move more than 1 inch 5 Ifitis not secure try to tighten the belt again or put the restraint in another seat 6 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 53 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel ei csiesis ssis ened skates eee 2 2 Meters and gauges si seesi ved oe ovate terrre ed eas 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0 00e ee 2 4 TAGHOMEOTCR ssp iredocas hated oka a Sede Babar hank aoa stent toi 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 FUG Gauges e ccc tnckedia dhdet toa trate dyna aden mdi diaten ean 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge 0 0 e cece 2 6 Volimeters cc sccreiee reas ie been eeeiteewecene 2 7 Automatic transmission fluid temperature gauge if so equipped 62 cece cece eee eee 2 7 Compass and outside temperature display if so equipped 6 cece eee eee eee eee 2 8 Outside temperature display 2 2 8 Compass display 0000 0c eee eee eee 2 9 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 Che
98. 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least three times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of comput ers that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help service techni cians with diagnosis and repair Depending on the equipment on your vehicle some of the com puters monitor emission control systems braking systems and air bag systems just to name a few Some data about vehicle operation may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passen ger may be recorded depending on vehicle equipment These types of systems are some times called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some o
99. 992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 sec onds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 4 under Pro gramming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitters every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device dur ing the cycling process to prevent pos sible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the ga rage door etc To operate simply press the ap propriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that po
100. A WARNING The right front passenger air bag is de signed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section care fully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The g front passenger air bag status light or Aa is located under the climate controls The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger seat or when other conditions are met as outlined in this sec tion The or X2 illuminates to indi cate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light or Aa is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is ON Front passenger air bag The right front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is oper ated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants suc
101. DOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position 2 4 Instruments and controls The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips T 7 LICO542 Changing the display Pushing the change button changes the display as follows A Trip Trip Odometer only Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the trip odometer to zero Elapsed time driving distance and average speed information is also available Refer to the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section later in this manual LICO543 LICO544 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute r min Do not rev engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 2 when the gauge needle
102. E control knob Station and CD select buttons 1 6 Tuning and AUDIO control knob BASS MID TREBLE FADE and BAL ANCE No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled retrofit unavailable without fac tory satellite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active 1 2 SEEK PAUSE M track MUTE TUNE a REW FF 5 hee I cD RADIO AUX REAR AV On 10 I if I I 6 7 8 9 CD6 CHANGER 11 r Loap C 2 ei POWER k AUDIO TOORE r ReDS VOLUME TUNE CHANNEL 15 LHA0384 Type B 1 SEEK TRACK change button 6 CD play button 2 TUNE REW FF button 7 RADIO button 3 PAUSE MUTE button 8 AUX button 4 PROG RPT button 9 REAR AV button 5 PRESET A B C select button 10 A Speaker control button 11 12 13 14 15 16 LOAD button CD insert slot CD eject button POWER VOLUME control knob Station and CD select buttons 1 6 Tuning and AUDIO control knob BASS MID TREBLE FADE and BAL ANCE No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled retrofit unavailable without fac tory satellite radi
103. ENTER button To set the various electronic systems operating conditions select the applicable item using the joystick and push the ENTER button The indicator light box at left of selected item alter nately turns on and off each time the ENTER button is pressed Indicator light is illuminated ON Indicator light is not illuminated OFF Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle With this option ON the driver s seat automati cally moves back and returns to the original po sition for ease of exit and entry Remote unlock driver s door first This option allows you to select which doors will unlock first during an unlocking operation Only the driver s door All the doors Keyless remote response horn This key allows you to change the horn chirp mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the mode will not be changed with the display Use the keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display control Keyless remote response lights This key allows you to change the hazard indica tor flash mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the mode will not be changed with the display Use the
104. F position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left Starting and driving 5 7 AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position 5 8 Starting and driving NISSAN VEH
105. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Own er s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements as sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the infl
106. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pres sure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilo grams and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a white wall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the
107. ICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NVIS The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered NVIS key If the engine fails to start using the registered NVIS key it may be due to interference caused by another NVIS key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the following proce dures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 5 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered NVIS key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid interfer ence from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operatio
108. If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This de vice must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation This transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CV2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 53 MEMO 2 54 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments KYS vis catnodvine er TAE TER ee viele 3 2 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system NVIS K6YS sani Map eiedored detec ney meatere eet 3 2 DOGS ine sicnctnes on k n ea mE n ea gmeaiias 3 3 Locking With KOy r ieesir rii arid aes enan inea 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 0 0005 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch fso equipped iescccscacdeieoneeeesetereiwevecacd 3 4 Wide Open
109. LFR6A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheels 17x 7 5 18x 8 0 Tires P245 75R17 P285 70R17 P265 70R18 Spare tire Full size 9 8 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in mm 224 2 5 695 Overall width in mm 78 8 2 001 Overall height 2wd KC in mm 76 0 1 905 1 4wd KC in mm 76 6 1 945 8 2wd CC in mm 75 1 1 907 4wd KC in mm 76 7 1 948 Front tread in mm 67 5 1 715 Rear tread in mm 67 5 1 715 Wheelbase in mm 139 8 3 550 Gross vehicle weight Ib kg See the EM VS S rating certification label on the Gross axle weight rating center pillar between the Front lb kg driver s side front and Rear Ib kg side doors WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehic
110. LIC0630 Type A The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR or normal operation position the interior lights puddle lamps and cargo light if so equipped will stay on for about 30 seconds when Type B The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is turned ON When the switch is in the OFF position the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position The puddle lamps and cargo light if so equipped come on when any front or rear pas senger door is opened The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged NOTE The footwell and door step lights if so equipped illuminate when the
111. MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC TURER FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT 2 22 Instruments and controls WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH LICO474 LICO386 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System NVIS is operational If the NVIS is malfunctioning the light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NVIS service as soon as possible Please bring all NVIS keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward Slower or Faster Also the intermit tent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster NOTE You can turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func tion Refer to Personalized settings menu vehicles without navigation sys tem or Vehicle electronic
112. NISSAN warranties A NISSAN Trailer Towing Guide U S only containing infor mation on trailer towing ability and the special equipment required may be ob tained from a NISSAN dealer Tongue load Total trailer load Lo Tongue load 100 9 to 11 Total trailer load CA0009 Lale l O WT Gross axle weight CA0036 Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow ing Towing Load Specification Chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Maximum gross vehicle weight maximum gross axle weight The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S certification label The gross vehicle weight equals the com bined weight of the unloaded vehicle passen gers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not exceed the gross axle weight rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S certification label Technical and consumer information 9 23 TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART XE SE wstandard bed SE w High Utility Bed LE w High Utility Bed RE 6 500 Ib 2 948 kg 7 400 Ib 3 357 kg 7 300 Ib 3 311 kg 7 20
113. NU button AUDIO button Station select buttons _SEEK TRACK button 10 PWR VOL control knob 11 BAND select button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped PWR VOL control knob Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position then push the PWR VOL control knob If you listen to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing ONOOIRWON gt Ko When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pushing the PWR VOL control knob again turns the system off Turn the PWR VOL control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume Select the auno audio mode NY ADJUST to the desired level LHA0118 Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance To adjust the audio levels for bass treble fader and balance push the AUDIO button and adjust the level with the SEEK TRACK button Press the AUDIO button once for BASS bass twice for TREB treble 3 times for FAD fader and 4 times for BAL balance Once the audio level is set the display will return back to radio or CD display mode after 7 seconds or the AUDIO button can be pressed again within 7 seconds to set the next audio level Pressing the AUDIO button a fifth time will return the display back to radio or CD display mode Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear spe
114. RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger supplemental front air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System supplemental side air bags curtain side impact and rollover air bags and pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and right front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and right front passenger in certain side impact collisions The supplemental side air bag is de signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact and roll over air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover both curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suit
115. RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures i e new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For addi tional information refer to Programming HomeLink later in this section AWARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine
116. RIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN A C system oil DH PS or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubri cant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system 9 6 Technical and consumer information SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE VK56DE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order in mm cu in cm8 Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 8 cylinder V block Slanted at 90 3 858 x 3 622 98 x 92 338 78 5 552 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 Idle speed A T in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle See the Emission Control label on the underside of the hood Spark plug Standard Hot Cold PLFR5A 11 PLFR4A 11 P
117. S0162 Do not lean against doors or windows Do not lean against doors or windows A WARNING e The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and up right in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previ ous illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 17 LRSO421 SSS0159 AWARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags WRS0405 1 SRS curtain side impact and rollover air bag modules 2 SRS curtain side impact and rollover air bag Diagno
118. STRUMENT PANEL 1234 5 67 89 1 10 1112 1 13 14 1 uy Timi A ii 2 t a TH 21 31 29 25 23 22 19 17 15 32 30 28 27 26 2417 2018 16 WIC0730 0 6 Illustrated table of contents 12 13 14 15 16 Driver center and passenger vents P 4 11 Instrument brightness control P 2 27 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 24 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 36 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 12 P 2 29 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 12 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 17 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 22 Ignition switch P 5 7 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 2 Navigation system controls if so equipped P 4 2 Audio system controls P 4 19 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 12 Glove box P 2 37 Climate controls P 4 12 Aux jack P 4 35 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 29 Power outlet Cigarette lighter accessory P 2 32 P 2 34 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if so equipped P 2 30 Tow mode switch P 2 32 Electronic lockin
119. Station memory operations Each preset mode A B or C has 6 presets capable of storing any combination of AM and FM stations 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Press the PRESET ABC button to change be tween the presets A gt B gt C The radio displays icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets is active To store a radio station in a preset 1 Select the desired preset by pressing PRE SET ABC 2 Tune to the desired station 3 Press the desired station select button for more than 3 seconds For example in the illustrations ch2 is to be memorized The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 When the indicator illuminates in the display and the sound resumes memorizing is com plete 5 Other station select buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the radio fuse opens the radio memory is canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is auto matically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play A CAUTION Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player cp CD button
120. TCH anchor point labels rear bench seat e The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren system This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child re straints Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH sys tem This information may also be in the child restraint owner s manual If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for the seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation in structions When insta
121. TTING or VE HICLE INFO modes To turn on the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Dis play Off key then set the screen to on by pushing the ENTER button Setting Audio or HVAC display Choose the Audio or HVAC Heater and air conditioner key to be displayed at the bottom by using the joystick The audio or HVAC setting condition will normally appear on the screen To return to the setting screen push the SET TING button or PREV button VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS L L a L a Keyless Remote Response Lights Adjust Driver Seat When Exiting Vehicle Lock and Unlock C Speed Dependent Wiper Return All Settings to Default Auto Re Lock Time Shorter lt _1 min __ Longer Remote Unlock Driver s Door First Sensitivity of Autornatic Headlights lower lt gt Higher Keyless Remote Response Horn Automatic Headlights Off Delay Shorter lt _45 sec_ gt anger 1 LHA0382 LHA0381 LHA0261 Vehicle electronic systems The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen will appear when selecting the Vehicle Elec tronic Systems key with the joystick and push ing the
122. a power outlet WIC0643 LICO618 2nd row if so equipped A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Inside center armrest if so equipped e Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet Instruments and controls 2 33 CIGARETTE LIGHTER e Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter Va e Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw CI o Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory M ey e Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid
123. able dis tance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts later in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Sit upright and well back WRS0031 A WARNING e The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Also the right front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or d
124. acement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury lt could also cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container ona truck bed liner rubber truck bed mad or other insulating material Static elec tricity can cause an explosion of flam mable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid ACAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage e Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator lamp MIL to illumi nate If the SANE lamp illuminates be cause the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE lamp should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE lamp SOON does not turn off aft
125. advanta geous 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 2 position 2WD and AUTO 71 MPH 115 km h w o tow mode 62 MPH 100 km h w tow mode 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not downshift into the 1 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 1 position 2WD and AUTO 43 MPH 70 km h w o tow mode 37 MPH 60 km h w tow mode 4H 43 MPH 70 km h w o tow mode 37 MPH 60 km h w tow mode ALO 31 MPH 50 km h LSD0099 To move the selector lever m Shift while depressing the brake pedal C gt _ Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting column After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the
126. adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A Nissan Trailer Towing Guide U S only is available from a NISSAN dealer This guide in cludes information on trailer towing ability and the special equipment required for proper towing 9 22 Technical and consumer information MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 1 000 lbs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake sys tem MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the tow
127. age and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm the you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading label Technical and consumer information 9 13 LTI0102 SECURING THE LOAD For your convenience tie down hooks are placed at each corner of the truck box These may be used to help secure cargo loaded into the truck box AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 9 14 Technical and consumer information e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal
128. ain and it will release 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch ON OFF switch 4 CANCEL switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer eS The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system use the following pro cedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads e On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal Starting and driving 5 17 To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate
129. ainst your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section WRS0137 WRS0138 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The right front passenger seat and the rear seat ing positions three point seat belts have a cinch ing mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once r
130. air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury SEAT BELTS Ufo C Sit upright and well back hs i cm SS0136 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Sit upright and weil back SSS0134 SSS0016 AWARNING AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and i
131. air conditioner and audio systems COMPACT WEE n S LHA 0099 AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW e Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion e 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 LHA0117 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems PRESET ABC button Display CD button CD eject button CD insert slot ME
132. akers balance adjusts the sound level between the right and left speakers Clock set 1 Press and hold the MENU button until it beeps longer than 2 seconds 2 The hours will start flashing Press SEEK TRACK A or to adjust the hours 3 Press the MENU button until the radio beeps to switch to the minute adjustment 4 The minutes will start flashing Press SEEK TRACK A or to adjust the min utes 5 Press the MENU button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 7 seconds or you may press the MENU button again to return to the regular clock display FM AM radio operation BAND FM AM band select Push the PAP button to change from AM to FM reception The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception SEEK manual SCAN tuning When the MENU button is pushed while the radio is playing tuning mode is cycled between SEEK tuning manual tuning gt SCAN mode TUNE and SCAN are shown in the display for each mode No icon is displayed for SEEK mode AWARNING The radio should not be tuned while driv ing so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation SEEK tuning Push the SEEK TRACK tuning button A or for less than 1 5 seconds SEEK tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low fre
133. al 0 008 8 19 Checking parking brake 0 000 8 19 Checking brake pedal 0005 8 20 Brake boosteh2 c2ec 3 Se citeewre ve weeds ee etea Yh 8 20 FUSS en snss sod hers iavascre scteianacen aE anaes ane eta 8 21 Engine compartment 00 ce cece eee 8 21 Passenger compartment 0 00e eee 8 22 Keyfob battery replacement 00 cee ee 8 23 Eel o 0iceechideeds tam ten E EE eats 8 24 Headlights cc5 fine tadcds medre ii iaee 8 24 Fog lights if so equipped e eee eee 8 24 Exterior and interior lights 0 008 8 25 Wheels and tr S ss is c 00eccte cede wees ae siansa 8 29 Tire Pressure sica cenecGesieceeey ee eshed nein 8 29 Tire labeling i ocd s sce tatenede mer eianed dian 8 31 TYPES Of HOSig eens renani ga hoes a ade ote 8 34 TIS CHAINS oo ciao apslchnige wloaraliga hans Ree Rinne ale 8 34 Changing wheels and tires 0005 8 35 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS SAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who
134. al wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped o WDI0005 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance schedule but do not reuse the spark plugs by cleaning or regapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones A WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required please see your NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 AIR CLEANER LDIO376 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter Loosen the screw
135. amp may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer ACAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Kay Security indicator light NVIS if so equipped This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational For additional information see Security system later in this section Slip indicator light if so equipped This indicator light will blink when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on If this happens adjust your driving accordingly The slip indicator light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light does not come on or go off have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer Transfer 4LO position indica tor light g3z23 model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON 4LO This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with the ignition key i
136. an 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again For a front facing child restraint check to make sure the shoulder belt does not go in front of the child s face or neck If it does put the shoulder belt behind the child restraint If you must install a front facing child restraint in the front seat see Installation on front passenger seat later in this section When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident ACAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint INSTALLATION ON REAR BENCH SEAT AWARNING e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint e Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 39 LRSO402 LRSO401 WRS0250 Front Facing outboard step 1 Front Facing center step 1 Front facing When you install a chi
137. ans peta een Precautions on child restraints 00 Installation on rear bench seat 005 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system 2 20 06 eee e eee eee eee Top tether strap child restraint 0 0 Installation on front passenger seat outboard POSITION crises soba aaa e n teaser EEA Installation on front bench passenger seat CONTENPOSHION 2 265 cece sci e dees ese awedenes SEATS ARS1152 AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat properly See Precautions on Seat Belt Usage later in this section 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags FRONT MANUAL CAPTAIN S CHAIR SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped AWARNING e Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle e After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked LRS0419 LRS0420 Forward and
138. anu ally In the manual shift mode the shift range is dis played on the position indicator in the meter After pressing the manual shift mode button the posi tion indicator first displays M4 Fourth Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M3 M4 D 5 14 Starting and driving M4 Fourth For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M3 M4 M4 will be displayed on the position indicator in the meter M3 Third Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M3 M3 will be displayed on the position indicator in the meter M2 Second Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M2 will be displayed on the position indicator in the meter M1 First Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades M1 will be displayed on the position indicator on the meter Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than M4 range This reduces fuel economy When shifting up Move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down Move the selector lever to the
139. arking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 5 26 Starting and driving Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to
140. arness connectors are yellow and Orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri ate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 23 WRS0422 Supplemental side impact air bag if so equipped and curtain side impact and rollover air bags system The supplemental side impact air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact and rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain side impact and rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental
141. as it may cause irritation and chok ing Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the driver and right front passenger They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational LRSO351 eo rv LRS0316 Front passenger air bag and status light
142. astened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain e Do not drive across steep slopes In stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Starting and driving 5 5 Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear and apply brakes to control your speed Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers 5 6 Starting and driving To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of th
143. ause this will damage the three way catalyst Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter specifications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission system and vehicle perfor mance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added
144. ave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the per formance of the headlight e Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb ACAUTION e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped e When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Wattage 32 Bulb No 881 Always check with the Parts Depart ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light NOTE Item Wattage W Bulb No To adjust the fog light vertical aim Access High mounted stop the aiming screw from underneath the front light cargo lights bumper The aiming screw is located on the bottom of the fog light housing Turn the screw clockwise to raise the pattern Turn the screw counterclockwise to lower the Backup reversing pattern Turn EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS fellate ligiat License plate light Rear combination light Tail Stop Item Wattage W Bulb No
145. ay cc da ge ce bok mo poa G E E oba 4 4 Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 00 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 37 10 4 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator lamp MIL 9 18 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 1 3 Manual windows 000 2 46 Map lightSiz z e sfa024 88 2d ao eee ad 2 50 Map pocket ssri eso Gabe ae eae a 2 38 Meters and gauges 0 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 27 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 16 InsideMirOns dior eb he ee dy 3 16 Outside mirrors a ir ee ee ee 3 16 Vanity MIMOS o 23 pos dala K AA aed 3 15 N NISSAN mobile entertainment system MES 22S bb bao a aaa he ia 4 38 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system NVIS i enda ea ae aS 2 21 3 2 5 8 o Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer s a rana ee Re ee eo 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants sess s sspe ndue e 9 2 Changing engineoill 8 9 Changing engine oil filter 8 10 Checking engine oil level 8 8 Engine se aee aeo gag a e ard 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 4 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Outside mirrors ss onai bee eee 3 16 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual order form 9 35 O
146. ay provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat WRS0134 WRS0368 Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears Type A ARMRESTS if so equipped To use the armrests on the captain s chairs type A if so equipped pull them down to the resting position To use the center armrest on the bench seat type B if so equipped pull on the tab in the center of the seat and fold it down to the resting position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 7 LRS0425 LRS0341 Type B FLEXIBLE SEATING A WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjus
147. below the driver side instrument panel The hood will spring up slightly Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood lower it slowly and make sure it locks into place AWARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard A WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a repl
148. brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keep the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds The pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine for one minute without de pressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is re leased from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer FUSES Ke OSE a o i LDIO380 ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment WDI0452 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace w
149. ce safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modifications may not be cov ered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Le If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle Come Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t
150. ce imme diately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast A CAUTION e If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation or rapidly after stopping the vehicle for a while have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warning light turns on When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in 4H Be especially careful when driving If corresponding parts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the AWD shift switch is shifted e Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads e inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dea
151. channel as shown Then rotate the cleat clockwise 90 and slide it to the de sired location Technical and consumer information 9 15 LTI0104 4 Position the cleat so the nubs on the bottom fully seat into the channel detents 9 16 Technical and consumer information WT10124 5 There should be no gap between the bottom of the cleat and the top of the channel Tighten the center bolt hand tight 20 40 inch pounds LT10106 A CAUTION Install only one cleat per section of channel Applying loads at angles to the cleats greater then 45 or loads greater than 150 Ibs header and floor channels or 200 Ibs side channels may cause damage to the channel or bed Technical and consumer information 9 17 LT10123 WT10119 1 correct installation 2 incorrect installation AWARNING Do not install accessories over the gap between the front and rear side channels Doing this could affect the rear structure in certain rear impacts which could result in serious injury 9 18 Technical and consumer information ACAUTION Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to prevent it from sliding or shifting Use the channel end stoppers to help se cure items in the channels from sliding off the end of the truck bed Channel End Stoppers The channel end stoppers should be used to help prevent accessories installed in the channels
152. chor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Achild restraint with a top tether should not be used in the front seat Do not attempt to attach a tether strap to the rear tether anchor points from the front seat First secure the child restraint with the seat belt or the LATCH system rear bench seat outboard positions only as applicable Adjust the rear bench seat head restraint to its highest position and route the top tether strap between the head restraint and the top of the seatback Secure the child restraint with a seat belt Secure the top tether strap to the anchor point which provides the straightest installation of the tether strap as shown later in this section 1 46 Tighten the tether strap according to the manu facturer s instructions to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags LRS0393 Anchor point locations The anchor points are located under the rear window behind the rear bench seat If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details LRSO392 WRS
153. cking bulbs s 4 cessed cian data wean 2 12 Waring lights i220 scc0sienrceeeveetatee ners 2 13 Indicator lihis si se 0ddececnecleat etek deemed 2 17 Audible reminders 0000ce eee ee eens 2 19 Security systems if so equipped 00 0 2 20 Vehicle security system 0 c cece eee 2 20 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system NVIS 2 21 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 SWItCH Operation va cies cavvieny aaria awed ewe 2 22 Heated mirror switch if so equipped 2 23 Headlight and turn signal switch 008 2 24 Headlight control switch c cee eee 2 24 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 26 Instrument brightness control 005 2 27 Tum signal SWIC si 02cciaee dceaweneesae cena 2 27 Fog light switch if so equipped 4 2 27 Hazard warning flasher switch 0 008 2 28 Cargo lamp switch 000 cece eee eee 2 28 FIOM ics EEE E A 2 29 Heated seat if so equipped n i ieeeeerrren 2 29 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if so equipped 2 c eee eee eee 2 30 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped 0 cece eee eee eee eee 2 30 Rear sonar system off switch if so equipped 2 31 Tow mode SWICh 2 22 0 eee dee eee tee aera eee 2 32 Power outlet cc 0ccteneecerehegeeged escent 2 32 Cigarette lighter
154. cle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine Nissan ball mounts and hitch balls are available from your NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine Nissan trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch compo nents Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or prop erty damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball e Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight e The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the bal
155. d Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 1 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place o Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL i ce AN ae WDI0378 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin WDI0293 CHECKING PARKING BRAKE From the released position firmly push the park ing brake down If the number of clicks is out of the range listed see a NISSAN dealer 3 4 clicks under depressing force of 44 Ib 196 N Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 WDI0229 CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL With the engine running check the distance A between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor If it is out of the range shown see a NISSAN dealer Distance A Under depression force of 110 Ib 490 N 3 1 2 in 90 mm or more Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjustin
156. d 3 ventilators by moving the venti lator slide and or ventilator assemblies Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 11 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possi bly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others in your vehicle Unattended pets should not be left alone either Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior LHA0416 air to become stale and the windows to fog up Fan speed control dial Air recirculation button Temperature control dial Air conditioner button Air flow control dial Heated mirror switch if so equipped CONTROLS Fan control dial e Positioning of the heater and or air conditioner controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation oaufoON gt The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets MAX A C te ao a Air f vent ows from center and side s with maximum cooling a
157. d 140 F 60 C When the tempera ture is above 194 F 90 C the display will read SC When the outside temperature is between than 40 F 40 C and 60 F 51 C the display will read 40 F 40 C When the temperature is below 60 F 51 C the dis play will read OC The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direc tion and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside tempera ture or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards COMPASS DISPLAY Push the 4 button when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position to display the direction N north E east S south W west If the display reads CAL calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles Instruments and controls 2 9 LT RA Varta TETES ig rit 13 WICO0355 2 10 Instruments and controls Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your partic
158. d 8 25 5S 0 2 6 ane 2 35 Lockable bedside storage compartment 4 2 43 Overhead storage compartment 2 39 Storage BIN ae eke Wa Re es 2 39 Storage tray es ed a eee eS 2 35 SUN VISOMS if aae ae ae Go a 3 14 Sunglasses case 0 00008 2 38 Sunglasses holder 04 2 38 SUNMOOP S e Ami a e ha EA 2 46 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 26 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 27 2 16 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 19 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 26 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTERN io ede gb oe ee a eS 1 12 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 12 Switch Autolight switch 2 0 2 0005 2 25 Automatic power window switch 2 45 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch i ee ee 2 30 Fog light switch 0 0 2 27 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 28 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 24 Heated mirror switch 2 23 Ignition switch 2 ee ee 5 7 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear sonar system off switch 2 31 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWITCH 2 Pack haa a a a 2 30 T TaGhometer ss a oS 84 a ne ee eee 2 5 Tailgate latch cna pd eRe esta 3 19 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Theft Nissan vehicle immobilizer system engine start 0 2 21 3 2 5 8 Th
159. d and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be re clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve hicle is stopped Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 5 WRS0277 LRS0278 Sh ap LRS0286 Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Lumbar support driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Move the lever up or down to adjust the seat lumbar area 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down The head restraints on the rear bench seat are removable The front seat head restraints are not removable AWARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they m
160. d continuously If the RSS detects a station ary or receding object further than 10 in 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again The RSS automatically turns on when the gear selector is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is ON The RSS OFF switch on the instrument panel allows the driver to turn the RSS on and off To turn the RSS off the ignition must be ON and the gear selector in R Reverse An indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the system is turned off If the indicator light illuminates when the RSS is not turned off it may indicate a failure in the RSS Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully c
161. d controls Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving CARGO LAMP SWITCH CARGO LAMP LICO616 To turn on the cargo lamp push the switch down to the ON position The tailgate lights if so equipped will also illuminate when the cargo lamp switch is in the ON position ACAUTION Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time otherwise the battery will go dead HORN HEATED SEAT if so equipped Ea oo E3 LIC0604 LIC0469 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel A WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury The front seats are warmed by built in heaters if so equipped 1 Start the engine 2 Push the low or high posi tion of the switch as desired depending on the temperature The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When th
162. d installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the fo
163. deflate after the collision is over The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START positions After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental curtain air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate
164. der off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later in this section LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres sure warning system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the tire pressure monitoring system warning light it lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The low tire pressure warning system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for ex ample a flat tire while driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature as described abov
165. display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock set type C and D only 1 Press and hold the H button to advance hours 2 Press and hold the M button to advance minutes For setting the clock on type A and B audio systems see Adjusting the time on page 4 9 Display CD text To change the text displayed while playing a CD press the AUDIO knob until Display Mode ap pears Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds The text will change as follows 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Track number Track title Disc title Track number Display satellite radio text if so equipped To change the text displayed while listening to satellite radio press the AUDIO knob until Dis play Mode appears Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds The text will change as follows Channel number Channel name Artist lt Title Channel number Pause mute button To mute or pause the audio sound push the PAUSE MUTE button To release the mute or pause push the button again FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select type A and C only Pushing the FM AM or SAT radio select button will change the band to either FM AM or SAT satellite if so equipped radio stations When the FM AM or SAT radio select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played Th
166. down side Shifts to lower range The transmission will automatically down shift the gears For example if you select the 3rd range the transmission will shift down between the 3rd and 1st gears Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession When canceling the manual shift mode Press the manual shift mode button to return the transmission to the normal driving mode Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear immediately because of vehicle speed The transmission will up or down shift when vehicle speed matches the pro grammed transmission shift points This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion will not up shift to a higher gear than is manually selected When the vehicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop LSD0090 7 ea LSDO101 Console shift Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector lever release the shift lock The shift selector lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch
167. drive the vehicle straight accelerate or decelerate or move the vehicle in re verse then shift the 4WD shift switch If the 4WD warning light comes on the AWD indicator light goes out A CAUTION If the 4WD shift indicator light indica tion changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the 4H position at low ambient temperatures the 2WD mode may be being engaged due to malfunctioning drive system If the indi cator does not return to normal and the 4WD warning light comes on have the system checked by the nearest NISSAN dealer 4WD warning light Comes on or blinks Warning light when There is a malfunc tion in the 4 wheel drive system lv 4wo Comes on ZN toe The transfer case oil temperature 4WID Blinks rapidly CaN rises abnormally o z The difference in AWD Blinks slowly wheel rotation is ieee large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the key switch is ON the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator light goes out High temperature transfer case oil makes the warning light blink rapidly about twice per sec ond If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle in a safe pla
168. ds rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic control off indica tor light may come on Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved for your vehicle or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may come on 5 30 Starting and driving When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on unstable surfaces such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the vehicle dynamic control off indica tor light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the vehicle dy namic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic con trol off indicator light may come on The vehicle dynamic control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road REAR SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped
169. e facing down Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows i l Recommended battery Sanyo CR2025 or Open the lid using a coin equivalent Remove the battery Close the lid securely 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments 5 Press the button then the a button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the manufacturer for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device HOOD FUEL FILLER LID it uz ee aaan eee Aaa Vy ay LPDO184 LPD0263 Pull the hood lock release handle located
170. e check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown Starting and driving 5 3 on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF Frequently check the tire pressure information display on the display screen if so equipped and adjust pressure of each tire properly The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See Tire pressure informa tion in the Display screen heater air condi tioner and audio systems section for tire pres sure monitor If you select the tire pressure information in the display if so equipped the FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure lower than 28 psi 193 kPa the low tire pres sure warning light comes on and the chime sounds for about 10 seconds For additional information regarding the above warning see Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the Instruments and con trols section 5 4 Starting and driving AWARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light flashes while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acciden
171. e GF III 5W 30 Viscosity preferred See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TIRE COLD PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommendations for the future re liability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life QUICK REFERENCE WGS0022 Ol PG Nes OND Engine coolant 8 7 Battery 8 13 Power steering fluid 8 11 Automatic transmission fluid 8 11 Heater and air conditioner 4 12 Audio system 4 19 Passenger supplemental air bag 1 12 Spare tire 6 2 Tailgate3 19 Fuel filler cap 3 11 Fuel recommenda tions 9 3 Seat belts 1 28 Door locks 3 3 Driver supplemental air bag 1 12 Hood release 3 1 1 Meters and gauges 2 3 Brake fluid 8 12 Engine oil 8 8 Window washer fluid 8 12
172. e STOP button once to stop playing the media The display will show in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds and the last disc position will be stored When the PLAY button is pushed again it will resume at the stored disc track and time position lf the STOP button is pushed again when the player is already in Stop mode it will reinitialize the pointer to the beginning of the disc In effect it will ignore the last stored disc position and upon receipt of the next play message it will begin at the Title Menu or at the beginning of the disc A EJECT When the EJECT button is pushed with the DVD oaded it will be ejected The display will show the EJECT symbol amp in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds once the EJECT button is pushed If the DVD is not loaded the display will show NO DISC If the DVD comes out and is not removed within 25 seconds it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DISPLAY If the DISPLAY control is pushed for less than 2 seconds the display menu will appear on the screen The display menu will remain on the screen for 10 seconds if no subsequent control activations occur e Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigate within the display menu and use ENTER to select the item Holding the DISPLAY control on the face plate for longer than approximately 2 sec onds while in the display menu will reset the display cha
173. e coolant 5 8 7 Engine Oils siis dots Ain aada a Ak A 8 8 Power steering fluid 8 11 Window washer fluid 8 12 F M V S S certification label 2 2 0 9 10 Fog light SWiteh 2 pi 3 a8 4k Ged 2 27 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 19 FORE SEALS s sa see naa ere ped Eee ae 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 0 0004 9 2 Fueleconomy 200 5 19 Fuel filler Gaps ser porera ear ah aad 3 11 Fuel filler lid 2 0 000 3 11 Fuel filler lidandcap 3 11 Fuel Qauge sies cc co Sa ea Ck 2 6 Fuel octane rating 5 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 FUEL ECON button siges dosages Ck gA 4 4 Fuel Econ button Control panel buttons 4 4 FUSES e Pe Rae Be eae aol A 8 21 Fusible links 464 po ak oe ee ee a 8 21 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver sc eb ee a ee a i 2 50 GaS Caps sis 2 ee Psy ao ete ae rece 3 11 Gauge Automatic transmission fluid temperature Gauge ss sake Oa eee a eae eo eee S 2 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 6 Fuel gauge iii aii aa oe eee ee ek A 2 6 Odometer sca s naibi Rae eS 2 4 Speedometer 00 2 4 Tachometer ses s 638 fe ee ee n 2 5 Trip odometer e sioe pt a e g 2 4 Voltmeter soed a ae a Pee ea ak wa 2 7 General maintenance 8 2 Glove b k r sp tere g acia da e
174. e eed 2 37 Grocery hooks a ie denii moeh i 2 42 H Hazard warning flasher switch 2 28 Head restraints aooaa aa 1 6 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 24 Headphones See NISSAN mobile entertainment system 4 41 Heated mirror switch 050 2 23 Heated seats 2 ee ee ee 2 29 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 12 Heater operation 00 4 13 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 50 Hood release o oau ca ee ee a 3 11 HOR aa e Saa ea ae we RE 2 29 l Ignitioniswiteh s sa i e ea ae eo 5 7 Immobilizer system 2 2 0 2 21 3 2 5 8 Important vehicle information label 9 10 In cabin microfilter 000 8 16 Increasing fueleconomy 5 19 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 4 s 64444 20844448 025 9 12 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 2 3 16 Inside Mirrors s de vee aa we ae aed 3 16 Instrument brightness control 2 27 Instrument panel 6 0 0 02 000 5 2 2 INtGMOMIIGNY senai e hah alee eA 2 48 ISOFIX child restraints 2 2 0 00 1 44 J Jump staning e ora e oiee o 24048 68 6 8 K Key seated Se dae es A Be a aoe 3 2 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 7 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serial number 9 10 F M V S S cer
175. e handling and longer braking distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the ve hicle s warranty TRUCK CAMPER LOADING INFORMATION CREW CAB MODELS Crew Cab models should not be used to carry a slide in camper KING CAB MODELS This information is provided for you to properly install a slide in camper and is based on the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration regulations It is recommended that before in stalling the camper you carefully read the follow ing information and ensure that the camper meets the specifications This information may not apply to some Canada model vehicles SPECIAL BODY VEHICLES Some vehicles are equipped with commercial or camper bodies However this Owner s Manual does not cover these options For further infor mation please refer to the body manufacturer s instruction manual Technical and consumer information 9 19 location zone Recommended cargo center of gravity rere Camper center of ik oe Cn Recommended cargo center of gravity location zone ATI0703 ATIO705 LOCATION FOR CENTER OF When the truck is used to carry a slide in camper GRAVITY the total cargo load of the truck consists of the camper manufacturer s weight figure plus The illustration indicates the recommended cargo center of gravity location zone Ki
176. e last station played will also come on when the Power Volume control knob is depressed to ON No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed retrofit unavailable without factory satellite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active If a compact disc is playing when the FM AM or SAT radio select button is pushed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception FM AM SAT band select type B and D only Pushing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM FM or SAT Satellite When the RADIO button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the POWER VOLUME control knob is de pressed to ON No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled retrofit unavailable without factory satel lite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service
177. e local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual Tow mode Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Press the tow button to activate the tow mode The tow indica tor in the instrument panel illuminates when the tow mode is selected Press the Tow button again to turn the tow mode OFF The Tow mode is automatically cancelled when the key is turned OFF The Tow mode does the following Reduces transmissions shifts when pulling a trailer or hauling a load Provides similar shift feel to driver when the vehicle is towing The Tow mode should be used when the vehicle and trailer weight is at least 75 of the vehicle s GCWR Tow mode is most useful in the following driving conditions when towing a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Rolling terrain Stop and go traffic Busy parking lots Driving the vehicle in the Tow mode with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be r
178. e of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other drive wheel If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle dynamic control system off using the VDC OFF switch all VDC and ABLS functions will be turned off The ABS will still operate with the VDC system off If the ABLS system is activated the slip indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop erly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction Starting and driving 5 29 AWARNING e The vehicle dynamic control system is designed to help improve driving stabil ity but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully If brake related parts such as brake pa
179. e roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as pos sible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more af fected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance capablity of the tires even with 4WD engaged e Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN four wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a two wheel drive vehicle The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four
180. e seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off A CAUTION Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials e If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 29 e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running 2 30 Instruments and controls VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM SWITCH if so equipped VDC OFF WIC0534 LICO729 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the fl
181. e side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side To block glare from the side and front swing down the sub sun visor if so equipped Slide the extension sun visor if so equipped in or out as needed A CAUTION e Donotstore the sun visor before return ing it to its original position Store the main sun visor after storing the extension sun visor and sub sun visor Do not pull the extension sun visor forc edly downward WPDO168 LPDO257 Type A VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover if so equipped Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open Type B Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 MIRRORS WPDO126 LPDO258 INSIDE MIRROR if so equipped The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clarity 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE INSIDE MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you Whenthe switch is in the ON position the indicator
182. e tire size if so equipped LDIO393 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposi tion the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires includ ing the spare Size Cold Tire Infla tion Pressure 240 kPa 35 PSI P245 75R17 P285 70R17 P265 70R18 Rear P245 75R17 Original Tire P285 70R17 P265 70R18 P245 75R17 P285 70R17 P265 70R18 Front Original Tire 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI Spare Tire WDI0394 TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of al tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to ide
183. e vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack e Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground In case of emergency 6 5 NS LCE0092 LCE0087 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The jack up points are indicated by stamped ar rows on the side of the frame 6 6 In case of emergency The jack should be used on firm and level ground Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire WCE0063 I
184. e windows is canceled To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch LICO580 Front passenger power window switch The passenger window switch operates only the corresponding passenger window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function LICO581 LICO410 Rear power window switch The rear passenger window switches open or close only the corresponding passenger window To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down only driver s side shown to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window auto matically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation Depending on the
185. eath in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and right front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The right front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classifica tion sensor weight sensor that turns the right front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front Pas senger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 13 Sit upright and well back ARS1133 ARS1041 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or
186. educed and the transmission engine driving characteristics may feel unusual When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quenily For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual Technical and consumer information 9 31 FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product 9 32 Technical and consumer information SNOW PLOW AWARNING Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing Installing a snowplow may affect vehic
187. eeded when the remote control only functions at 2 e si Size AA Cemelecontre extremely close distances to the DVD player Size AAA headphones or not at all Make sure thatthe and ends on Be careful not to touch the battery terminal the batteries match the markings inside the Ani y di d bat h compartment n improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regu 3 Close the lid securely lations for battery disposal Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 47 When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the remote control and head phones FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This de vice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may ad versely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING e Acellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle opera
188. eer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid levels Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourse
189. em if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from x it stop using the system immediately roure GUIDE and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may 1 6 78 910 11 lead to accidents fire or electrical shock LHA0388 When you use this system make sure the engine Reference symbols IS Ong ENTER button This is a button on the con If you use the system with the engine not trol panel running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS 1 B D brightness control button P 4 11 2 PREV previous button P 4 3 3 Joystick and ENTER push button P 4 3 4 SETTING button P 4 6 5 TRIP drive computer button P 4 4 6 DEST button 7 ROUTE button 8 MAP button 9 GUIDE VOICE button 10 Q zoom out button 1 amp For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual zoom in b
190. en stored ce amp SAA0720 SAA0721 Headphones Power ON OFF Push the power button to turn the headphones on or off Volume control Turn the volume control knob to adjust the vol ume The headphones will automatically be turned off in 30 seconds if there is no sound during that period To prevent the battery from being dis charged keep the power suppy turned off when not in use NOTE For optimum infrared headphone perfor mance increase the volume on the rear seat controller to the maximum level and adjust the infrared headphone volume us ing the volume control on the headphones Using a lower volume setting on the rear seat controller can cause static noise in the infrared headphones Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 41 PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC DVD A CAUTION Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liq uids may cause the system to malfunction e The driver must not attempt to wear the headphones while the vehicle is in mo tion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation e While playing video CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all video CD formats With the DVD player you can hear DVD videos
191. en the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags if so equipped curtain side impact and rollover air bags if so equipped and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioner seat belts may not function properly For additional details see Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact and rollover air bag systems if so equipped and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not oper ate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS E When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion this
192. ent Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep wa ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that two wheel drive models are less capable than four wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AWARNING e Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt f
193. environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing the window will be immediately low ered Instruments and controls 2 45 SUNROOF if so equipped WIC0263 LICOQ627 OPEN tO tO OTO DOWN CLOSE J6 OM s WIC0647 MANUAL WINDOWS The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door 2 46 Instruments and controls REAR SLIDING WINDOW if so equipped Squeeze the handles of the lever then slide the window open AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition key is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To fully open the sunroof push the switch toward the open position To fully close the sunroof push the switch toward the close
194. eplacement and or system resetting Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Maintenance and d
195. er a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual STEERING WHEEL PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT if so equipped LPDO254 LPDO255 TILT OPERATION if so equipped Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired posi tion Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad justed for driving comfort Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust the brake and accelerator pedal position forward or backward 2 Pedal adjustment can only be performed when Ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC position Ignition switch is ON and the selector lever is in the P Park position The brake and accelerator pedals cannot be ad justed separately A CAUTION Do not adjust the pedal position with your foot on the pedal Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 SUN VISORS LPD0273 Type A 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Ad OWP ae LPDO264 Type B To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor To block glare from th
196. er seat is not occupied and the seat belt is not buckled the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the weight sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is au tomatically turned OFF The light will illuminate indicating the air bag is OFF and will not inflate when the right front passenger seat is not occu pied 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags If an adult occupant is in the right front seat and the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat or using the right front seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the right front seat but the status light is not lit indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly If such situations happen properly position and restrain the occupant or child re straint Otherwise reposition the occupant or child re
197. erference that may cause undesired op eration of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result ina collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgem
198. ergency Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated A CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing automatic transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi tion and secure the steering wheel ina straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steer ing wheel by turning the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission gp nS Oe L ro L WCEO0091 ROS RASS SLES OST Raze CO LSR k gt 3 LCE0083 Four wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or place the ve hicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated A CAUTION e Never tow 4WD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and
199. ess the 2 button on the keyfob The driv er s seat accelerator and brake pedals and out side mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage Turn the ignition ON and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored the position the indica tor light will stay on for approximately 5 sec onds Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In such a case reset the desired positions using the following procedures 1 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition key in the LOCK position 2 Reset the desired position using the previ ous procedure Selecting the memorized position 1 Set the automatic transmission selector le ver to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light blinking and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat will automatically move when the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide bac
200. etracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode See Child restraints later in this section for more information The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the front passen ger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light earlier in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop WRS0139 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts a
201. f this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best Genuine Nissan Service Manuals source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro G E T J Pal E cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN N S D E Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models STORY mee For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 Technical and consumer information 9 35 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for the 2004 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corpora
202. ff with the headlight switch in the P4 or 22 position the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the P4 or 2 position A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the 4 position Turn the headlight switch to the 22 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others LICO392 O 472 ve OO LIC0563 LIC0564 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness c
203. fill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 28 gal 23 1 4 gal 105 8 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil 7 Drain and Refill With oil filter change 6 1 2 qt 5 1 2 qt 6 2 API Certification Mark 2 3 z DYE API grade SL Energy Conserving 2 3 Without oil filter change 6 1 4 qt 5 1 4 qt 5 9 ILSAC grade GF lIII 2 3 Cooling system With reservoir 12 7 8 qt 10 3 4 qt 12 2 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 50 Demineralized or distilled water Automatic transmission fluid Power steering fluid PSF Brake fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Main tenance and do it yourself section Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF 4 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 8 ao NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 US FMVSS No 116 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 6 Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A C System Lubricant Type S DH PS or equivalent 6 Transfer fluid Front final drive oil Rear final drive oil Windshield washer fluid shared between front and rear wipers 2 1 8 qt 1 3 4 qt 2 0 3 3 8 pt 2 7 8pt 1 6 4 1 4 pt 3 1 2 pt 2 01 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation 2 For fu
204. following DVD s as they may cause the DVD player to malfunction e 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems e DVD s with a region code other than 1 The region code is displayed ina small symbol printed on the top of the DVD e DVD s that are not round e DVD s with a paper label e DVD s that are warped scratched or have unequal edges e Recordable digital video discs DVD R e Rewritable digital video discs DVD RW If a DVD with a paper label is used and becomes jammed you may be able to reset the unit and eject the jammed disc with the following procedure 1 Record the radio presets 2 Disconnect the negative terminal from the battery for five minutes 3 Reconnect the negative battery termi nal 4 Check to see if the jammed DVD has been ejected If it has not try to eject the DVD by pushing the eject button 5 If the disc cannot be ejected see your Nissan dealer for further assistance 6 Re program the radio presets LHA0318 i SAA0723 Remote control and headphones bat If the battery is removed for any reason tery replacement other than replacement close the lid se curely Replace the battery as follows P y Ifyou will not be using the remote control for 1 Open the lid long periods of time remove the batteries Replace batteries with new ones Replacement of the batteries is n
205. for anything other than sunglasses 2 38 Instruments and controls e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses LIC0589 MAP POCKETS A 4 7 SS LICO575 LICO568 LICO569 SEATBACK POCKET if so equipped Small bin Medium bin The seatback pocket is located on the back of the driver s seat The pocket can be used to store maps OVERHEAD CONSOLE if so equipped Storage bins AWARNING Keep storage bins closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Push the button to open a storage bin Push the lid up to close Instruments and controls 2 39 LICO552 LICO620 LICO553 Front Type A Front Type B Adjustable if so equipped CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION Position the arm on the adjustable cup holder so that the cup is held securely e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent AWARNING spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it The cup holder should not be used while can scald you or your passenger driving so full attention may be given to e Use only soft cups in the cup holder vehicle operation Hard objects can injure you in an accident Open the lid to access the front cup holders 2 40 Instrument
206. frequencies only Searching or scanning by program type may yield a limited number of selections When PROG RPT button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds during FM or SAT if so equipped mode the PTY name of the current tuned station is displayed During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE To change the PTY 1 Press the PROG RPT button 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems ADULT HITS gt ANY gt CLASSICAL 4t t TRAFFIC COUNTRY t t TOP 40 JAZZ wo CO t TALK ta NEWS t t SPORTS OLDIES vt t ROCK PUBLIC jt ___f LHA0275 2 Press the TUNE button 44 or PP to chose a specific program type Refer to the illustration The display will show SEEK SCAN SEEK tuning 3 After selecting a program type push the SEEK button M or PI for less than 1 5 seconds within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second pe riod the PTY mode will be canceled SCAN tuning 4 Push the I or PI button for more than 1 5 seconds to scan the PTY name stations and stop at each broadcasting sta tion for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the M or gt I button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the ne
207. g brakes 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off press and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the
208. g rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 30 Shift selector lever console if so equipped P 5 9 Power outlet P 2 32 Passenger air bag status light P 2 18 Hazard lights P 2 28 AWD shift switch if so equipped P 5 20 Shift selector lever column if so equipped P 5 9 Instrument brightness control P 2 27 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 13 Cargo lamp switch P 2 28 Rear sonar system off switch if so equipped P 2 31 Pedal position adjustment switch if so equipped P 3 13 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT LOCATIONS Battery P 8 13 Fuse fusible link box P 8 21 Transmission dipstick P 8 11 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 12 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 12 7 Air cleaner P 8 16 8 Radiator cap P 8 7 9 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 11 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 11 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details N o iS a DIRON WDI0413 0 8 Illustrated table of contents WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS
209. ge Fuel Economy Fuel Economy 371 MPG Reset on Distance to Empty cB E miles e IMPE ral LHA0399 MAINTENANCE LHA0402 HOW TO USE THE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the following modes will display on the screen Warning message if there are any TRIP 1 Elapsed Time Driving Distance Average Speed TRIP 2 FUEL ECONOMY Average Fuel Economy Distance to Empty gt MAINTE NANCE Engine Oil Tire Rotation OFF Trip 1 trip 2 and fuel economy items To reset the TRIP 1 TRIP 2 and FUEL ECONOMY select the RESET key using the joystick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Maintenance items You can set the engine oil and the tire rotation interval To display the setting of the maintenance interval select the Engine Oil or Tire Rotation key using the joystick and push the ENTER button ENGINE OIL D Driving Distance Reset 7 500 miss c 3 750 Maintenance Schedule 4 000 miles O Display Maintenance Notification BS fo LHA0400 TIRE ROTATION 255 Driving Distance E Reset 7 500 miss c 3 750 Maintenance Schedule
210. ges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance After wax ing polishing is recommended to remove built up residue and to avoid a weathered ap pearance A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting Compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish lf the surface does not polish easily use a road tar remover and wax again Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody reg
211. gh quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your Outside Temperature Range engine are based on the use of the specified Anticipated Before Next Oil Change quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters ag eg a a that are not of the specified quality or exceeding GASOLINE ENGINE OIL recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle warranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures PREFERRED driving in dusty conditions extensive idling ATI1028 e towing a trailer RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all temperatures SAE 10W 30 or SAE 10W 40 viscosity oils may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C Technical and consumer information 9 5 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REF
212. gt lt Minutes gt 10 10 GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust Daylight Savings Time Select Time Zone Pacific LHA0271 System settings Language Unit The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and push ing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick and ENTER button Clock Adjusting the time Select the Hours or Minutes key and move the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time The time will change step by step After completion of the setting press the PREV button Setting daylight savings time Use the Daylight Saving Time key to adjust the clock to daylight savings time ON The displayed time advances by 1 hour OFF The current time is displayed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 CLOCK SETTINGS LHA0272 CLOCK SETTINGS x H gt lt H gt 10 4 rm jours W J mn jours mci miu lt Minutes gt lt Minutes gt GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust Daylight Savings Time Daylight Savings Time Pacific Select Time Zone Select Time Zone LHA0273 TIME ZONE Mounta
213. h as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor weight sensor It is in the bottom of the right front passenger seat cushion and is de signed to detect an occupant and objects on the right front seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the right front passenger seat the advanced air bag system is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Weight sensor operation can vary depending on the right front passenger seat belt sensors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 21 The right front passenger seat belt sensors are designed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the weight sensor and the belt ten sion detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front pas senger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Right front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out
214. h ay bod Standabed Highuttiybot sanaaa High ay bed Standaribed Woh ai boa_ Pe se se ee f x f s s f e x se f s f e x s f s E Federal 1618 Ib 1570 1b 1488 Ib 1374 Ib 1563 Ib 1521 Ib 1438 Ib 1314 Ib 1488 Ib 1438 Ib 1356 Ib 1241 Ib 1431 Ib 1391 Ib 1308 Ib 1184 734 kg 712kg 675kg 623 kg 709 kg 690kg 652 kg 596 kg 675 kg 652 kg 615 kg 563 kg 649 kg 631 kg 593 kg Ib 537 kg Canada 1614 Ib 1484lb 1369 Ib 1559 Ib 1433 Ib 1310 Ib 1484 Ib 1352 Ib 1237 Ib 1424 Ib 1299 Ib 1180 732 kg 673 kg 621 kg 707 kg 650 kg 594 kg 673 kg 613 kg 561 kg 646 kg 589 kg 1b 535kg MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to deter mine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certifica tion label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the rat ings Technical and consumer information 9 21 TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can
215. h or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention 1 Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 S AS a S LD10302 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS LDI0399 Power steering fluid pump Crankshaft Generator Air conditioner Water pump Cooling fan AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly DRN 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of un usu
216. h zone sensor satellite sensors rollover sensor front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bags and curtain air bag or pre tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly It must be checked and re paired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not oper ate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain air bags and
217. hange completes before shifting the automatic transmission shift selector lever from Neutral position 2 While changing in and out of 4LO the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights 4WD shift and 4LO position indicator to be operable Otherwise the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing 3 Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO Starting and driving 5 21 The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are three types of drive modes available 2WD 4H and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD 4H and 4LO To change into or out of 4LO the vehicle MUST be stationary shift the automatic transmission selector lever to neutral and depress the brake pedal The switch must be pushed and turned to select 4LO AWARNING e When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpect edly move even if the automatic trans mission is in the P position 5 22 Starting and driving The 4LO indicator light must stop blink ing and remain illuminated or turn off before shift
218. harged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle Starting and driving 5 31 For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord
219. he In case of emer gency section of this manual A CAUTION e Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not cov ered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos sible If the engine is overheated con tinued operation of the vehicle may se riously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate ac tion required 4WD warning light EIE model The 4WD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started 4wD If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See 4WD warning light in the Starting and driving section A CAUTION e If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to the N position with the b
220. he anti lock brake system off and turns on the ABS brake warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If a malfunction occurs in the system the anti lock function will not operate but the standard vehicle brake system will continue to operate normally The ABS brake warning light will then come on If the light comes on during the self test or while driving take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealer for repair AWARNING e The anti lock brake system is a sophis ticated device but it cannot prevent ac cidents resulting from careless or dan gerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but remember that the stopping distance on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock brake system Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow cov ered roads or if you are using tire chains Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness Always maintain a safe distance from the ve hicle in front of you Ultimately the re sponsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the speci fied size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as speci fied on the Tire a
221. he operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the manufacturer for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION e High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself e Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Low beam Wattage 51 Bulb no 9006 High beam Wattage 60 Bulb no 9005 Always check with the Parts Depart ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information e Do not le
222. he pas senger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Push the button to the OFF position The indicator light on the gt button will go off S will appear on the display if so equipped 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Turn the air flow control dial to the a position Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position When the 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the button will not come on and A C will not appear on the display if so equipped if the outside tem perature is more than 36 F 2 C If in de frost mode for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow contro dial is turned to a position other than the position This dehumidifies the air which_ helps def
223. he seat belt to release web bing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light RF will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags LRS0397 1 SRS Air bag warning labels 2 SRS Side air bag warning label if so equipped SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bags and supplemental side air bags are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration eo S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying RF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diag nosis sensor unit cras
224. high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE OIL d d oE pR Da LDI0370 LDI0371 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warra
225. if so equipped P 2 46 Power windows P 2 43 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 3 7 3 2 Mirrors P 3 16 Tire pressure P 9 11 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 34 Replacing bulbs P 8 26 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 24 Fog light switch P 2 27 Tow hooks P 6 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR A LI10027 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 1 Rear sliding window if so equipped P 2 46 2 Vehicle loading P 9 12 3 Tailgate Truckbox P 3 19 4 Trailer hitch Towing if so equipped P 9 22 5 Replacing bulbs P 8 26 6 Bedside storage compartment P 2 43 7 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 11 P 9 3 8 Fuel filler door P 3 11 9 Child safety rear door lock Crew Cab models only P 3 6 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 4 a LI10029 ONDIN 9 DVD entertainment system if so equipped P 4 38 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 46 Map lights P 2 50 Sun visors P 3 14 HomeLink P 2 50 Glove box P 2 37 Cup holders P 2 40 Front seats P 1 2 Folding rear bench seat P 1 10 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 IN
226. ight and turn signal switch 0 9 24 2 27 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 32 v Vanity mirrors iag Oa e a 3 15 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 30 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 29 Vehicle electronic system 4 7 Vehicle identification 0 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number a sacco casis 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery 6 13 7 2 Vehicle security system 0 2 20 Vehicle security system Nissan vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 21 3 2 5 8 Ventilators sacs ese gag ead Pea i 4 11 VISOIS mos Hi a et ae we ee ee aE 3 14 Voltmeter gi ec beh ded eed od 2 7 Ww Warning 4WD warning light 2 15 Air bag warning light 1 27 2 16 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Battery charge warning light 2 14 Brake warning light 2 13 Door open warning light 2 14 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 28 Low fuel warning light 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Low washer fluid warning light 2 16 Passenger air bag and status light 1 21 Seat belt warning light 2 15 Vehicle security system 2 2 0 2 20 Warning labels for SRS 1 26 Warning indica
227. ight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition key to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for 5 minutes If another door is opened during the 5 minutes then the 5 minute timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF P4 or 2 position Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sen sor controls the autolight if it is covered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the key in the ON position your vehicle s battery could become discharged Instruments and controls 2 25 aN LIC0562 Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates Pull the lever back to select the low beam Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the gt 4 or posi tion the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes 2 26 Instruments and controls After the headlights automatically turn o
228. ildren are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn on the interior lights and puddle lamps if so equipped and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Some settings for the keyfob such as horn beep can be adjusted For vehicles without navigation system refer to Silencing the horn beep feature later in this section For vehicles with navigation system refer to Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section later in this manual Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a maximum distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob
229. imit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com 10 Index 4WD warning light 2 15 A Adjusting pedal position 3 13 Air bag See supplemental restraint SYSTEM es ee ae ee ae 1 12 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system 00 1 19 Air bag warning labels 1 26 Air bag warning light 1 27 2 16 Air cleaner housing filter 8 16 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 15 Air conditioner service 4 19 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubrication recommendations 9 6 Heater and a
230. in Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland LHA0274 Adjusting the time to the GPS Selecting the time zone 2 Select one of the following zones depending on the current location Select the Auto Adjust key The time will be reset to the GPS time 1 Select the Select Time Zone key The TIME ZONE screen will appear Pacific zone Central zone e e e e Atlantic zone e Mountain zone Eastern zone Newfoundland zone 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems After selection the CLOCK SETTINGS screen will appear The GPS time manual time corresponding to the selected zone will be displayed Pacific zone has been set as the initial default setting Beep setting With this option ON a beep will sound if any audio button is pushed X BUTTON To change the display brightness push the 2 button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the PREV button is pushed the display will return to the previous display VENTILATORS t t gt E T Ts y gy LHA0410 Adjust air flow direction for the driver and pas senger side 1 center and rear passenger if so equippe
231. ine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start DRIVING THE VEHICLE ENGINE PROTECTION MODE The engine has an engine protection mode to reduce the chance of damage if the coolant tem perature becomes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer When the engine temperature reaches a certain level The engine coolant temperature gauge will move toward the H position Engine power may be reduced The air conditioning cooling function may be automatically turned OFF for a short time the blower will continue to operate Engine power and under some conditions ve hicle speed will decrease Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed The transmission
232. ing M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that
233. ing This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connector an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at auto parts stores and hitch retailers Technical and consumer information 9 27 Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Electric trailer brake controller 9 28 Technical and consumer information LT10117 LTI0118 example Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installation of an aftermarke
234. ing the transmission into gear If the transmission selector is shifted from the N position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the vehicle may move unexpectedly A CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving The 4H position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 62 5 MPH 100 km h in 4H is not recommended The 4LO position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising ve hicle speed excessively as the maxi mum speed is approximately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 2WD and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD and 4H with the rear wheels spinning Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear NISSAN recommends driving in the 2WD position under these conditions Vehicles equipped with a limited slip differential LSD have improved driving performance on rough roads They have increased traction
235. ing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or in low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving Pull to the side of the road to a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual ACAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures are not covered by
236. injury LTI0107 Side channels Header channel Channel sections 4 Floor channels UTILI TRACK CHANNEL SYSTEM if so equipped w NP gt AWARNING e Properly install and tighten the tie down cleats into the Utili track chan nel system Failure to properly install the tie down cleats can cause the cargo to become unsecured In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The Utili track channel system allows you to move tie down clamps in the bed to the best location to secure a load The tie down cleats must be installed so the clamp is properly seated in the notches in the rail If the tie down cleat is not seated in the notches it will not be flush with the rail and cannot be properly tightened The bolt in the center of the cleat must be tightened hand tight 20 40 inch pounds Check the tightness of the tie down cleat peri odically during a trip to make sure the center bolt has not become loose Install the tie down cleat as follows Remove the channel protectors by sliding them out the back of the truck bed Properly store the channel protectors Loosen the center bolt completely LTI0103 3 Insert the cleat into the channel perpendicu lar to the
237. ion process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration pro cess these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem NVIS during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY Manual LPD0240 To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the rear Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key to
238. ir conditioning Air f vent Air f vent ows from center and side ilators ows from center and side ilators and the front and rear floor outlets Air f rear ows mainly from the front and floor outlets Air flows from defroster outlets and the front and rear floor outlets VY Air flows mainly from defroster outlets The air flow control dial also has intermediate positions which allow the air flow to be distrib uted between 2 of the icon positions on the air flow control dial Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To make the temperature more cool turn the dial more to the left to make the temperature more warm turn the dial more to the right Air recirculation button ON position Push the air recirculation button 7S to recir culate air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the CS button will come on CS will appear on the display if so equipped Push the lt button to the on position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner OFF position Push the air recirculation button lt again to turn air recirculation off The indicator light on the CS button will turn off Swill appear on the display if so equipped Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment and dis tributed
239. ir conditioner controls 4 12 Servicing air conditioner 4 19 Air flow charts 2 0 0 00 00008 4 16 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 20 Anchor point locations 1 46 AGMA a eh eer i ce ee ae 4 38 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 28 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Audible reminders 4 2 19 Audio System nism m2 a we a dk a ari 4 19 AM FM SAT radio with compact disc CD Change ce sr ai e ade Ra d 4 29 Compact Disc CD changer 4 33 Compact disc CD player 4 24 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player ska oe ae EPR oe 4 22 Radio ws 66 ee bes ae a atiwa d 4 19 Rear audio controls 4 37 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 36 Autolight switch o ee espia meii 2 25 Automatic Automatic drive positioner 3 22 Automatic power window switch 2 45 Automatic transmission position indicator light e aaa a a a 2 17 Driving with automatic transmission 5 9 Transmission selector lever lock WElGASC e i i ea a Oe eee d 5 15 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 16 Automatic transmission fluid temperature Gauges aki ade te 2b ed ee ea ee ae 2 7 AUX Jack soete i ee sa ee a gG d 4 35 B Battoiy e i pe po ae p a e dan we ead 8 13 Charge warning light 2 14 Battery replacement See remote keyless entry system 3 10 8 23 Before starting the engine 5 8 Belt
240. is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure Column shift Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key Apply the parking brake On vehicles equipped with a column shifter tilt the steering wheel down to the lowest position Remove the shift lock release cover as shown Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down Starting and driving 5 15 6 Move the shift selector lever to the N Neu tral position while holding down the shift lock release 7 Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs please note that the trans
241. itched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor 9 30 Technical and consumer information mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have s
242. ith only genuine NISSAN parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 E LDI0381 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself If the fuse is open replace it with a known good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT LPDO214 Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Open the lid using a coin Remove the battery Install a new battery with the facing down Recommended battery Sanyo CR2025 or equivalent Close the lid securely 5 Press the LOCK button then the UNLOCK button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e T
243. iversal ANSCONG casei edie ours Shoes EEEE 2 52 Programming trouble diagnosis 05 2 52 Clearing the programmed information 2 53 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 53 If your vehicle is stolen 0 cece eee ee 2 53 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1234 5 67 89 1 10 1112 1 13 14 1 uy Timi A ii 2 t a TH 21 31 29 25 23 22 19 17 15 32 30 28 27 26 2417 2018 16 WIC0730 2 2 Instruments and controls t 12 13 14 15 16 Driver center and passenger ventila tors P 4 11 Instrument brightness control P 2 27 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 24 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 36 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 12 P 2 29 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 12 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 17 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 22 Ignition switch P 5 7 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 2 Navigation system controls if so equipped P 4 2 Audio system controls P 4 19 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 12 Glove box P 2 37 Climate controls P 4 12 Aux jack P 4 35
244. keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display control Auto re lock time This key allows you to set the length of time before doors auto re lock Sensitivity of automatic headlights This key allows you to set the sensitivity of the automatic headlights Lower less sensitive automatic headlights will take longer to come on when the head light sensor senses less ambient light Higher more sensitive automatic head lights will come on quicker when the head light sensor senses less ambient light Automatic headlights off delay This key allows you to set the length of time before the automatic headlights turn off after exiting the vehicle 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Speed dependent wiper This key allows you to turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func tion Return all settings to default When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by VE HICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the default settings SYSTEM SETTINGS Language Unit Clock Beep Setting LHA0262 CLOCK SETTINGS lt Hours gt lt Minutes gt 1010 GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust Daylight Savings Time Pacific Select Time Zone LHA0270 CLOCK SETTINGS lt Hours
245. ks refer to Auxiliary input jacks in this section gt I gt When the PLAY PAUSE button on the player or the PLAY button on the remote control is pushed the player will play PLAY In play mode the display will briefly show gt on the upper left corner of the display gt gt dq FF Fast Forward REW Remote control only Push FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE but tons to carry out the fast forward or fast reverse presentation at 5 times normal play speed Push FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE but tons again or PLAY button to resume the normal play speed rea pot ye CHAPTER PREVIOUS CHAPTER Remote control only When the PI NEXT CHAPTER button is pushed while the DVD is being played the pro gram next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The DVD will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the M4 PREVIOUS CHAPTER button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The DVD will go back the number of times the button is pushed PII or PAUSE When the PLAY PAUSE button on the player or the PAUSE button on the remote control is pushed the player will pause playing of the me dia In pause mode the player willshow Il on the upper left corner of the display until the player is changed to another mode STOP Push th
246. kward When the driver s door is opened with the ignition key turned to LOCK When the ignition key is turned from ACC to LOCK with the driver s door open while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position The driver s seat will return to previous position When the key is inserted into the ignition switch When the driver s door is closed with the key turned to LOCK When the key is turned from ACC to ON while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position The entry exit function can be adjusted or can celed For vehicles with navigation system see Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio sys tems section of this manual For vehicles without navigation system see your NISSAN dealer SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h when any two or more of the memory switches are simultaneously pushed while the automatic drive positioner is operating Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 when the adjusting switch for the driver s seat is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating when the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second when the seat has been already moved to the memorized position when no seat position is s
247. l a slight jolt after the selector lever is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a malfunction A CAUTION When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 for en gine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 5 MPH 100 km h Failure to do so can dam age the 4WD system Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving Starting and driving 5 23 LSD0094 AWD shift indicator light 5 24 Starting and driving The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the odometer display The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch e The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on If the indicator light does not come on immediately make sure the area around the vehicle is safe and
248. l mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle Another reason to have a weight distributing ball mount is to comply with the rating on your re ceiver Most receivers have a weight carrying rating of 5 000 Ibs gross weight 500 Ibs tongue weight and a weight distribution rating of 10 000 Technical and consumer information 9 25 lbs gross weight 1 000 Ibs tongue weight This mean
249. lamp MIL later in this section LICO546 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running When the engine speed is high the engine oil pressure is also high When it is low the gauge indicates the low oil pressure ACAUTION e This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section e If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine LICO547 LICO548 VOLTMETER AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi TEMPERATURE GAUGE if so tion the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage equipped When the engine is running it indicates the gen erator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer This gauge indicates the temperature of the au tomatic transmission fluid The automatic trans mission fluid temperature is in the normal range when the gauge needle points withi
250. ld restraint on the rear bench seat follow these steps f Position the child restraint on the seat It can be placed in a front facing direction de pending on the size of the child Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instruc tions 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Front Facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing WRS0251 WRS0146 WRS0252 Front Facing step 3 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Front Facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Front Facing step 5 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any
251. le handling This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear Treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on tire wear rate when tested under controlled conditions on specified government test courses For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the govern ment course as a tire graded 100 However relative tire performance depends on actual driv ing conditions and may vary significantly due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to your ve hicle tires is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not in clude acceleration cornering h
252. le to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ee eae 4 LTI0086 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 WT1I0095 WTI0099 tL O xX bao oS LTI0087 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 F M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR
253. ler as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM if so equipped The electronic locking rear differential E Lock system can help provide additional traction when one of the rear wheels has lost traction or when the vehicle is driven in off road conditions such as in mud snow or sand Activate the system before driving the vehicle in areas where the vehicle can become stuck When additional traction is required activate the E Lock system by pushing the switch ON see Electronic Locking Rear Differen tial E Lock System Switch in the Instru ments and controls section Once the system fully engages the indicator light will remain on in the instrument panel see Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system on indicator light in the Instruments and controls section When the system is activated both rear wheels will engage providing additional trac tion The rear wheels may momentarily slip or have to turn at different speeds to engage the system for example if the vehicle is turned left or right Starting and driving 5 25 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS H ca ca cy WSDO0050 AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe p
254. lf exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or
255. light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced When the switch of the inside mirror is in the OFF position the inside mirror will operate normally For information on HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver operation see the HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the Instrument and controls sec tion of this manual OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING e Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident G oA LPD0237 WPD0170 LPD0279 Electric control type if so equipped Manual control type Trailer tow mirrors if so equipped The outside mirror remote control will operate The outside mirror can be moved in any direction only when the ignition switch is inthe ACCorON for a better rear view AWARNING position e Objects viewed in the convex portion of the trailer tow mirror are closer than they appear Be careful when changing lanes or turning Using only the convex mirror could cause an accident Use the other mirrors or glance over your shoul der to properly judge distances to other objects M
256. lined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF Also if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sen sor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the right front seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective pro tection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the weight sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child re straints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an acci dent or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints later in this section for proper use and installation If the right front passeng
257. lling a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install a LATCH system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments follow these steps A WARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH system an chors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH sys tem anchors are obstructed 1 To install the LATCH system compatible child restraint insert the child restraint LATCH system anchor attachments into the anchor points on the seat If the child re straint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions 2 After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 3 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 45 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point provided behind its position AWARNING e Child restraint an
258. llowing items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal and booster Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully Check the brake booster function Be certain to keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check that the lever has the proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the st
259. lly the indicator light flashes when the sys tem is first turned on When the system fully engages the light remains on The indicator light flashes if the switch is on and all conditions for system activation are not met or if the system becomes disengaged for any rea son A CAUTION The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly To turn off the E Lock system push the switch to the OFF position The E Lock system is automatically disengaged when the 4WD switch is moved from the 4LO position For additional information see Electronic lock ing rear differential E Lock system on indicator light earlier in this section and Electronic lock ing rear differential E Lock system in the Starting and Driving section of this manual REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH if so equipped Oo OFF LIC0471 A WARNING The rear sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly The rear sonar system is active when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift selector lever is in R Reverse When sensors detect obstacles within 6 ft 1 8 m of the rear bumper a beeping tone is emitted The rear sonar system can be disabled by push ing the OFF switch When the system is disabled Instruments and contro
260. ls 2 31 the indicator light on the switch will illuminate Push the switch again to enable the system The indicator light will go off The system will automatically reset the next time the ignition switch is turned on See Rear sonar system in the Starting and driving section 2 32 Instruments and controls TOW MODE SWITCH POWER OUTLET TOW MODE LICO594 LIC0678 Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Using tow mode at other times may cause unnecessary transmission shifting and reduced fuel economy Press the tow mode switch to activate tow mode The indicator light on the tow mode switch illumi nates when tow mode is selected Press the tow mode switch again to turn tow mode OFF Tow mode is automatically canceled when the key is turned OFF For additional information refer to Tow mode in the Technical and consumer information sec tion later in this manual Front row The power outlets are for powering electrica accessories such as cellular telephones The power outlets located on the driver s side of the instrument panel and in the truck box are powered directly by the vehicle s battery The power outlets located on the passenger s side of the instrument panel inside the center armrest and in the 2nd row are powered only when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON posi tion Open the cap to use
261. lt is properly posi tioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as pos sible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 31 THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be ag
262. luid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 WINDOW WASHER FLUID LDIO374 WDI0405 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDOW WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the light comes on To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent ACAUTION e Do not subs
263. ly retracted Rear Facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 43 LRSO411 Rear Facing step 5 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that itis securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags B DE LRS0429 LATCH system anchor point locations rear bench seat LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM A WARNING e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident LRSO395 LA
264. m ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the engine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine A WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is
265. maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such a
266. material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper Operation of the occupant classifica tion system weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury e Work on and around the supplemental front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electri cal equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect inflation of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring h
267. mission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition 5 16 Starting and driving If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if nec essary PARKING BRAKE AWARNING e Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident CRUISE CONTROL LSDO091 1 ACCEL RES za COASTISET y 2 3 J ON OFF oe CANCEL i LSDO092 To engage Firmly depress the parking brake To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position 3 Firmly depress the parking brake pedal ag
268. more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 41 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled LRS0403 LRS0404 Rear Facing outboard step 1 Rear Facing center step 1 Rear facing When you install a child restraint on the rear bench seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the restraint manu facturer s instructions 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags LRSO408 LRS0409 LRSO410 Rear Facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Rear Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is ful
269. n 5 Lf ao r LPD0211 LPD0262 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the f button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when e it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the keyfob Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Using the interior lights Pushthe M button onthe keyfob once to turn on the interior lights and puddle lamps if so equipped The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to off position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 LPDO214 BATTERY REPLACEMENT Install a new battery with th
270. n heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 AIRFLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting For additional information on heating and cooling see Heating on page 4 13 and Cooling on page 4 15 The air re circulation amp gt button should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrosting DEFROSTING DEFOGGING 4 Air passed through heater core Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial control dial Air recirculation Air conditioner button button Air A C Air flow Temp Fan Button control control control reciroulation HOT OFF HI iin 4 OFF LHA0411 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems BI LEVEL HEATING 4 Air passed through heater core Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial control dial Air recirculation Air conditioner button button 5 Air A C Air flow Temp Fan Button control control control reciyculation OFF g AKD 4 OFF LHA0412 HEATING heater core Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial control dial Air recirculation Air conditioner button button A C Air flow Temp an eer ion Button control control control button H HOT OFF d RIGHT 4 OFF
271. n as possible 2 16 Instruments and controls When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting A CAUTION e The low tire pressure warning system is not a substitute for the regular tire pres sure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 20 MPH 32 km h the low tire pressure warning system may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Ss This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Low windshield washer fluid warning light wi Seat belt warning light and or chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags section for pre cautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light Wh
272. n be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg Class II hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 510 kg 9 26 Technical and consumer information Class Ill hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 272 kg The genuine NISSAN step bumper is considered a Class III ball mount Class IV hitch Class IV trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10 000 Ib 4 545 kg A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5 000 Ib 2 272 kg Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10 000 Ib 4 545 kg maximum weight rating but your ve hicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification Chart earlier in this section A CAUTION e Special hitches which include frame re inforcements are required for towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genu ine NISSAN hitches ball mounts and hitch balls for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper Do not use axle mounted hitches e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust s
273. n of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the driving positions 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the eng
274. n the ON position If the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position and the light blinks stop the vehicle drive slowly forward and the light will turn on When you shift between 4H and 4LO stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission selec tor lever to the N Neutral position with the brake pedal depressed then push the 4WD shift switch and move it to 4LO or 4H The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you have first stopped the vehicle and moved the automatic transmission shift selector lever to N Neutral with the brake pedal depressed Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other Ga Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped This indicator light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the vehicle dynamic control system is not operating Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and drivi
275. n the zone shown in the illustration Instruments and controls 2 7 COMPASS AND OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY if so equipped A CAUTION This unit has the following functions Measures terrestrial magnetism and indi e This gauge is not igned to indicat Sabie gauge is not designedito indicate cates heading direction of vehicle low automatic transmission fluid level Use the dipstick to check the fluid level Indicates outside air temperature See 5 speed automatic transmission gy fluid in the Maintenance and do it A AN yourself section e If the gauge indicates automatic trans mission fluid temperature over the nor CT e mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Contin ued operation of the vehicle may seri ously damage the transmission LIC0583 OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY Push the A button when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position The outside tempera ture will be displayed To change from F to C push and hold the N button for about 3 seconds until the display begins to flash Press the button again to toggle between F and C Once you have selected F or C the display will continue to flash for about 5 seconds then the temperature will display 2 8 Instruments and controls When the outside temperature is between 140 F 60 C and 194 F 90 C the display will rea
276. n will go off X will appear on the display if so equipped Turn the air flow control dial to the yi close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the ji position at least once a month This helps pre position Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi vent damage to the system due to lack 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion oflubrication tion Push the 4 button on The indicator If the _engine coolant temperature 4 Push the C button The indicator light light on the C button will come on A C Beet PA engine Er tem onthe button will come on A C will will appear on the display if so equipped feo air coid wa a SH ve sae a appear on the display if so equipped The air conditioning system will continue to vehicle overheats in the In fells of 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de operate urti the fan controldial ig turned Ls emergency section of this manual a OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air sired position nee is flow control dial is turned to a position other For quick cooling when the_outside tem than the position perature is high push the 2 button to the ON position The indicator light on the 2 button will come on C will appear on the display if so equipped Be Display scree
277. nce every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the door the system may not arm Fur thermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is re moved If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition key in the OFF posi tion The lockable beside storage compart ment if so equipped is not protected by the vehicle security system Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking a door with the key or by pressing the button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key or keyfob even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking a door with the key or by p
278. nce on the compact disc The same program may be repeated twice If the A button is pushed in the MIX mode selections will be chosen at random Blank no symbol All selections are played repeatedly in sequence When a new compact disc is inserted the play pattern automatically changes to ALL a CD EJECT button When the amp button is pushed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc ejects Whenthe button is pushed while the com pact disc is playing the compact disc ejects and the system turns off O DISC indicator light This light comes on when a compact disc is loaded into the player Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 23 4 SEEK 7 TRACK gt PAUSE MUTE PROG RPT TUNE REW FF 5 PRESEI cD FM AM SAT AUX 10 T T li li 6 7 8 9 CD6 CHANGER 11 Loap C D iar 13 POWER 12 AUDIO Tel le Redes VOLUME TUNE CHANNEL 15 LHA0406 Type A 1 SEEK TRACK change button 6 CD play button 2 TUNE REW FF button 7 FM band select button 3 PAUSE MUTE button 8 AM band select button 4 PROG RPT button 9 SAT satellite radio select button 5 PRESET A B C select button 10 AUX button 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 11 12 13 14 15 16 LOAD button CD insert slot CD eject button POWER VOLUM
279. ncrease the priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 29 SS0014 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder e Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer 1 30 Safet
280. nd Loading Informa tion label For tire placard location in formation refer to Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability When the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operating the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks When only the traction control system TCS portion of the vehicle dynamic control sys tem is operating the slip indicator will also blink If the slip indicator blinks the road condi tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section Indicator light If malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and rf indicator lights come on in the instrument panel As long as these warning lights are on the traction control function is canceled The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system to improve vehicle traction The ABLS system works when on
281. nd supplemental air bags 1 33 LRS0394 owl LRSO242 Center of the rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle Front seats Shoulder belt height adjustment front outboard seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Re lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident WRSO190 WRS0445 WRS0446 TWO POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITHOUT RETRACTOR center of the front bench seat if so equipped Fastening the bel
282. ng section of this manual The vehicle dynamic control light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indicator light while you are driving have the vehicle dynamic control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the vehicle dynamic control system is op erating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or ac celerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The front disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a front brake pad requires re placement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warn ing sound is heard Instruments and controls 2 19 Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch in the OFF position a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle 2 20 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS if so equipped LIC0644 Your vehicle has two types of securi
283. ng Cab L1 960 1 mm 37 8 in L2 1 087 1 mm 42 8 in AWARNING Improper loading may be dangerous If a load is too far back it can affect handling characteristics If a load is too far forward the front axle may be overloaded 9 20 Technical and consumer information the weight of installed additional camper equipment not included in the camper manufacturer s weight figure the weight of camper cargo and the weight of occupants in the camper The total cargo load should not exceed the truck s pay load weight rating and the camper s center of gravity should fall within the truck s recommended center of gravity location zone when installed AWARNING Overloading or improper loading can ad versely affect vehicle handling braking and performance and may lead to accidents PAYLOAD WEIGHT CAPACITY The vehicle payload weight capacity shown on following charts indicate the maximum total weight of passengers optional equipment air conditioning trailer hitch etc and cargo that your vehicle is designed to carry Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Vehicle Loading Information earlier in this section for details Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading Information label Payload Weight Capacity az 2WD 4WD Oo rr e O cc KC ce CO ea Hig
284. nit seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor weight sensor and right front passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the right front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate im proper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the beginning of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it
285. ns will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 miles 40 48 km with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or
286. nstalling the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the ve hicle completely AWARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts after the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more
287. ntain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flan
288. ntify the tire in case of a recall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 P215 65R15 95H 65 t 3 15 t 5 WDI0395 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Three digit number This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial Two digit number This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Two or three digit number This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating XX XX t t t 1 2 3 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XXX XXX XXXX t t t 4 5 6 WDI0396 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Department Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identifica tion mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6
289. nty LDI0372 CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it coun terclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft Ib 29 39 N m Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this ma
290. nual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0373 CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand ACAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC
291. o it yourself 8 37 MEMO 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 000ceeeee eee eee 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number 9 5 Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 0 cess 9 6 SPScifications ticdvewusites vendeu nukwen EOR sawn 9 7 EAGING E sine dais lnade woes et alec 9 7 Wheelsiand tires lt 02 c cagd eis tote eee 9 8 Dimensions and weights 0 ee eee 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY saic6 css ced turtit caer eee eee toes 9 9 Vehicle identification 060 ccc cece eee eee 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number Chassis nUMbeh oc ec6sdescedevnead vedeecast oa 9 9 Engine serial number 0000 eee eee eee 9 10 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate 0 ceca ee 9 11 Vehicle loading information 00ce eee 9 12 NGHMNS 52icn reno ee a E E 9 12 Vehicle load capacity 00 cece eee 9 12 Securing the load 0e eee eee eee 9 14 Utili track
292. o pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 SEEK Track TUNE yy REW FF PAUSE MUTE PROG RPT PRESET Pie pac i cD FM AM SAT aux 12 T 1 9 10 11 28 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 8 CD6 CHANGER 13 Loap C 45 15 PUSH 14 PUSH POWER AUDIO 1e hL 1 2 3 4 5 6 wag RDS VOLUME TUNE CHANNEL 17 LHA0404 Type C 1 SEEK TRACK change button 6 H M button clock set buttons 2 TUNE REW FF button 7 PRESET A B C select button 3 Display 8 CD play button 4 PAUSE MUTE button 9 FM band select button 5 PROG RPT button 10 AM band select button 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 SAT satellite radio select button AUX button LOAD button CD insert slot CD eject button POWER VOLUME control knob Station and CD select buttons 1 6 Tuning and AUDIO control knob BASS MID TREBLE FADE and BAL ANCE No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled retrofit unavailable without fac tory satellite radio pre wiring and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active SEEK Track TUNE REW
293. o those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 5 MEMO 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements
294. ocking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Move seat fully back WRS0379 Front Facing step 1 If you must install a child restraint in the right front seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the front pas senger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direc tion and therefore must not be used in the front seat WRSO159 WRSO160 WRSO161 Front Facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Front Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It
295. og the windshield The gt mode automatically turns off al lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas senger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation sure to return the CS to the OFF position for normal cooling The indicator light on the SY button will go off will ap pear on the display if so equipped You may also select MAX A C for quick cooling AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired 1 to 4 position and push in the A C button to activate the air conditioner When the air conditioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and sunroof if so equipped closed while the air conditioner is in operation Dehumidified heating The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air e After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 1 Push the button to the OFF position minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Push the button to the OFF position The indicator light on the C amp 2 butto
296. om the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle Starting and driving 5 33 MEMO 5 34 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Flat tie cece taste E Heote cee See is ees 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system
297. omeone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so first block the wheels and apply the park ing brake and then move the transmission shift selector lever into the P Park position If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine over loading and or overheating However for long steep grades do not stay in 1st gear when driving above 35 MPH 56 km h or 2nd gear when driving above 58 MPH 93 km h If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioner system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in
298. on as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting SETTINGS Help Display Vehicle Electronic Systems System Setting Navigation Short Menus Softer CI Louder Guidance Volume LHA0268 HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON The SETTING screen will appear when the SETTING button is pushed Display settings The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear af ter pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key and pushing the ENTER but ton Brightness Contrast Map Background To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness contrast key 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems and push the ENTER button You can then use the joystick to adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher For information on Map Background please refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Display Off To turn off the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Dis play Off key The indicator of the Display Off will turn to amber When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished on the map display in the Audio HVAC Heater and air conditioner SE
299. on of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before attempting to move the shift selector lever
300. ontrol operates when the headlight control switch is in the Dd 20 or AUTO position with auto lights activated Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru ment panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To signal a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 22 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn them off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected Instruments and controls 2 27 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH r LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic 2 28 Instruments an
301. oor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The BFE indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle dy namic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section ACAUTION Do not use the electronic locking rear differential system on dry pavement when the vehicle is turning or if the tires are spinning Doing so could dam age drivetrain components e Do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 12 mph 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could damage drivetrain components e Do not turn on the E Lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components e The Anti lock Brake System is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is engaged The electronic locking rear differential E Lock system can help provide additional traction one of the rear wheels has lost traction Activate the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system when one of the rear wheels has lost traction or when the vehicle is driven in off road conditions such as in mud snow or sand To activate the E Lock system the 4WD shift switch must be in the 4LO position the vehicle must be stopped or moving at speeds below 4 mph 7 km h and the E Lock system switch must be ON Initia
302. opriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section In addition there are many types of child re straints available for larger children which should be used for maximum protection NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system Air bag system for the front passenger See Supplemental restraint system earlier in this section Infants and small children NISSAN recommends that infants and small chil dren be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your ve hicle and always follow the manufacturer s in structions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided If the child s seating position has a shoulder belt that fits close to the face or neck the use of a booster seat commercially available may help overcome this The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder be
303. orque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specifications at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and ad just the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 WDI0259 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically inspected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indica tors are visible the tire s should be replaced e Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire con tact a NISSAN dealer e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warran
304. oth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens ACAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap polishes oils clean ing fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover Appearance and care 7 3 FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn 7 4 Appearance and care WAI0006 Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell
305. other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rat
306. ove the small switch to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Use the outside mirror remote control to adjust the top portion of the trailer tow mirror The lower portion of the trailer tow mirror can be moved manually in any direction for a better rear view 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPDO268 Pull the trailer tow mirror outward to extend it to the desired position for better visibility while tow ing a trailer AWARNING Do not extend or retract mirrors while driv ing You may lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident ACAUTION Driving in tight spaces with mirrors ex tended may cause damage to the vehicle Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Heated mirror switch in the Instrument and controls section of this manual TRUCK BOX LPDO259 LPDO269 LPDO270 Type A Foldable outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Type B TAILGATE Opening the tailgate Pull the tailgate handle upward and lower the tailgate The support cables hold the tailgate open
307. performance so when making a turn on paved roads vibration and tire squealing may occur The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4LO at low am bient temperatures and the transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When driving on rough roads Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck Place stones or wooden blocks under the tires to free the vehicle Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO If it is difficult to free the vehicle repeat forward and backward movement to in crease the movement Ifthe vehicle is stuck deep in mud tire chains may be effective A CAUTION e Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle e Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction WSD0102 AWD shift switch operations Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD 4H or 4LO position depending on driving conditions If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the key switch is turned off while in the 4H or 4LO you may feel a jerk This is not abnormal When the vehicle is stopped after mak ing a turn you may fee
308. points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued opera tion of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle over heats in the In case of emergency sec tion for immediate action required Instruments and controls 2 5 LICO545 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty 2 6 Instruments and controls The lt j indicates that the fuel filler lid is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION elf the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE Se pee the ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE lamp should turn off If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator
309. position To open or close the sunroof part way push the switch in any direction while the roof is sliding open or closed to stop it in the desired position Tilting the sunroof To tilt the sunroof up push the tilt switch toward the up position To tilt the sunroof down push the tilt switch toward the down position Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after the battery terminal is disconnected the electri cal supply interrupted and or some abnormality detected Use the following reset procedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 If the sunroof lid is open push the tilting switch repeatedly toward the down position to fully close the lid 2 Finally push and hold the tilting switch for more than 2 seconds toward the down po sition to reestablish the lid s home posi tion The sunroof should now operate normally Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the sunroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before
310. quencies depending on which button is Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 pressed and stops at the next broadcasting sta tion If using the A button once the highest broadcasting station is reached the radio contin ues in the SEEK mode at the lowest broadcasting station If using the button once the lowest broadcasting station is reached the radio contin ues in the SEEK mode at the highest broadcast ing station Manual tuning Use the and __ buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold either of the tuning buttons down SCAN tuning Push and hold the SEEK TRACK tuning button A or for more than 1 5 seconds SCAN illuminates in the display window and the radio station blinks SCAN tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequen cies depending on which button is pressed SCAN tuning stops at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds When scanning SCAN is solid and the radio station blinks When temporarily stopped on a station SCAN blinks and the sta tion display is solid Pushing the button again during this 5 second period stops SCAN tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station SELECT SCAN a Ba tr tel MEMORIZE CONFIRM a SCAN 88 16M fc PUSH and HOLD button for longer than 1 5 seconds Channel indicator will come on and the sound resumes when memorizing is complete LHA0119
311. r and interior 7 2 Clock 4 e260 204 ba oo tke d 4 23 4 30 models with navigation system 4 9 Clock set Control panel buttons 4 9 Cold weather driving 5 31 Compact disc CD player 4 24 Compass display dciis atna ogi 2 8 Control panel buttons 4 2 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 36 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 12 Rear audio controls 4 37 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 aa ea ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection 00 7 5 Cruise control 2 0 ko i ee eee 5 17 Cup holdra s ke co ae dose ed ek 2 40 Curtain side impact and rollover airbag 1 24 10 2 D Daytime running light system Canada only 00 0004 2 Digital video disc DVD 4 Dimensions and weights Display controls see control panel buttons DOr lOCKS s rre ee War ee Se Se ee ae Door open warning light 2 Drive Dells 22 ee 2 Gea ea 8 Drive positioner Automatic 3 Driving Cold weather driving 5 Driving with automatic transmission Precautions when starting and driving E Economy fuel zs 22 deere d Sad Gk eo 5 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock SV SILOM San ena at dyad Teo a sare a
312. r of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h or above 12 mph 20 km h if the E Lock System is engaged If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning sGxtenior even veiiesveitien amicus eSa 7 2 Floor Mats es csie ateen ewer EEE TINERE as 7 4 Washing se tirerorenoten tatna ENE AREEN 7 2 Seat bells secs cenedes vencseduduke waakeswetengad 7 4 Waking sais sss terigihtes wiatia aen EENE 7 2 Corrosion protection 00 cesee sees sence eens 7 5 Removing spots 6 06 e eee e eee eee eee ees 7 2 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Underbody tot cda cain eel redadek petals wa 7 3 CONMOSION eari eoa e 7 5 E EEEE AA A EENT 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Aluminum alloy wheels 000 inmenin 7 3 CONOSION eneee ene n R EAIN R E EA 7 5 Chrome parts 200s cece cece tenet e ennen 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 5 Cleaning interiot x icici chen ta idedagiaerek lee wean ds 7 3 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to mai
313. r touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion e Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 35 VOL a T E MODE POWER E LHA0269 Volume control switch MODE select switch POWER on off switch 4 Tuning switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off wN MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the following sequence DVD if so equipped AM FM SAT if so equipped and CD Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch W or 4N forless than 1 5 seconds to change the radio frequency Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch W or N for
314. racteristics to their nominal val ues Faceplate feature only If the DISPLAY control button on the faceplate is pushed for more than 2 seconds the media track time information will be displayed along the bottom of the display Pushing the DISPLAY con trol for more than 2 seconds will remove the media track time information from the display Faceplate feature only NAVIGATION KEYS If media is in PLAY mode activation of the NAVI GATION KEYS Up Down Left and Right will perform the following functions next chapter track previous chapter track fast re verse and fast forward and the display will show Pl 44 and P gt respec tively in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds Faceplate feature only If media is in PAUSE mode activation of the NAVIGATION KEYS Up Down and Right will perform the following functions next chapter track previous chapter track and slow Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 43 forward and the display will show PI I and a forward arrow symbol respectively in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds Faceplate feature only If media is in activated MENU mode the NAVI GATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up Down Left and Right within the menu If display control menu is on the NAVIGATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up Down Left and Right within the menu ENTER In MENU mode push the ENTER button to select MENU items
315. rake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Low tire pressure warning i 1 light After the ignition switch is turned ON this light comes on for about 1 second and turns off This light warns of low tire pressure NISSAN s low tire pressure warning system is a tire pressure monitoring system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the tire pressure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire infor mation placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended inflation pressure as specified in the vehicle plac a
316. rd and owner s manual The recommended inflation pressure may also be found on the Tire and Loading Information Label Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with very low tire pressure lower than 28 psi 193 kPa the light will illuminate and the chime will sound for about 10 seconds If you select the tire pressure infor mation in the display the FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed Instruments and controls 2 15 For additional information see Low tire pressure warning system in the Starting and driving section and Low tire pressure warning system in the In case of emergency section AWARNING e If the light does not come on with the key switch turned ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light comes on while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soo
317. red by Nissan Motor Co Ltd which was founded in Tokyo Japan in 1933 and NISSAN affiliates world wide collectively growing to become the fifth largest automaker in the world In addition to cars and trucks NISSAN also makes forklift trucks marine engines boats and other diversified products NISSAN has made a substantial and growing in vestment in North America NISSAN s commitment is over 6 billion dollars in capital investments in facilities across the continent Some of the facilities include the Nissan Manufacturing facilities in Can ton Mississippi and in Smyrna Tennessee vehicle styling design at Nissan Design America Inc in San Diego California and engineering at Nissan Tech nical Center North America in Farmington Hills Michigan Additionally NISSAN employs more than 21 000 people throughout the United States Canada and Mexico An additional 60 000 people work for the 1 250 NISSAN and INFINITI dealers across North America NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to the Canadian economy Nissan Canada Inc its suppli ers and over 150 dealers employ approximately 4 500 people These include company employees and the staffs of NISSAN dealers all across Canada In addition many Canadians work for companies that supply NISSAN and NISSAN dealers with ma terials and services ranging from the operation of port facilities and transportation services to the supply of lubricants parts and accessories NISSAN
318. ree way catalyst 2 2 ee ee 5 2 Tie down hooks seas ee ae ea ed 3 21 Tilting steering wheel 3 13 10 6 Tire Flattire e ic ia wav abededaeacwadd 6 2 SPAM tire sie e ee aay se Gee eared 6 3 Tire chainS s e sa ae ek ee 8 34 Tire plaCatd s 3 5 2 p eaa 26a dad oad 9 11 Tire pressure 2 eee eee 8 29 Tire rotation 2 eee eee 8 35 Types of tires sa wack ne eda ee ad 8 34 Uniform tire quality grading 9 32 Wheels andtires 005 8 29 Wheel tire size 2 ee 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Tire pressure display 005 4 5 Tire rotation maintenance reminder 4 5 Top tether strap child restraint 1 46 Tow mode switch 0005 2 32 Towing 2 wheel drive models 6 12 4 wheel drive models 6 13 Flat towing s i gon eee a a wed 9 32 Tow truck towing souas a d ada asa m roa 6 11 Towing load specification chart 9 24 Trailer towing 005 9 22 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 50 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 9 Selector lever lock release 5 15 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUNLY 24 6 tee ebe Bote bo Eee ae 9 9 TRIP Buttons scesa s miep pi a ee a 4 4 Trip button Control panel buttons 4 4 Trip odometer pra aor tei Poe a a dee 2 4 Truck camper loading 9 19 Turn signal switch See headl
319. requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points to C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 9 34 Technical and consumer information 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 6 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 5 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH
320. ressing the button on the key fob NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NVIS The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered NVIS key If the engine fails to start using a registered NVIS key for example when interference is caused by another NVIS key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following proce dures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered NVIS key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Instruments and controls 2 21 Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR
321. reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Front Facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract slightly Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 49 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 8 Turn the ignition to the ON position The passenger air bag status light should say OFF or A If this light is not illu minated it may indicate a malfunction Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode WRS0380 child restraint mode is canceled WRS0256 Front Facing step 5 INSTALLATION ON FRONT BENCH 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint PASSENGER SEAT CENTER use force to tilt the child restraint from side POSITION to side and tug it forward to make sure that itis securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch WARNING e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with Gut or the retractor If you Cannot p ll any great force A rear facing child restraint more belt webbing out of the retractor the could be struck by the supplemental
322. riving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 EXIGnOrtOntis cincivan aniseed aved ia hile Bh epee dae 0 3 Exterior Teatteri siene NEE REN an EE EREN 0 4 Passenger compartment ccc e eee eee eee 0 5 Instrument panel Engine compartment locations 00008 Warning indicator lights AIRBAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 2nd row seat belts P 1 28 2 Supplemental curtain side impact and rollover air bags P 1 12 3 Front seat belts P 1 28 4 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 12 5 Seats P 1 2 6 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 21 7 Seat belt pretensioners P 1 25 8 Supplemental side impact air bag if so equipped P 1 12 9 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 44 10 Top tether strap anchor point P 1 46 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details LI10028 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT bh a LI10030 N Oo 13 14 Engine hood P 3 11 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 22 Windshield P 8 18 Sunroof
323. rod cannot be hand tightened to the proper specification ACAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems NISSAN MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MES if so equipped LHA0389 AWARNING e The Mobile Entertainment System is designed for rear seat passenger view ing only e The driver must not attempt to operate the Mobile Entertainment System while the vehicle is in motion so that full at tention may be given to vehicle operation A CAUTION The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mer cury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water Use a damp soft cloth when cleaning the Mobile Entertainment System com ponents Do not use solvents or clean ing solutions Do not attempt to use the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C or above 158 F 70 C To avoid draining the vehicle battery do not operate the system more than 15 minutes without starting the engine 1 T Power ove E gt heel Te CA D R 11 LHA0316 e a O o N O Oeo O O EJECT button DVD slot
324. rther details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 3 For further details see Recommended SAE engine oil viscosity Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid 8 API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 9 API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 9 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle warranty 5 Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer 6 For further details see Air conditioner specification label 7 For further details see Changing engine oil 8 For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON III MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 9 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used bec
325. ryone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and op tional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the un loaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional 9 12 Technical and consumer information equipment This information is located on the F M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maxi mum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the ve hicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label
326. s See drive belts 4 8 14 Brake Anti lock brake system ABS 5 28 Brake booster seorang dig a a g 8 20 Brake fluids 26 sac dee eats 4 8 11 Brake light See stop light 8 25 Brake pedal 2000 4 8 20 Brake system 0 2 22 020004 5 27 Brake warning light 2 13 Brake wear indicators 2 19 8 20 Parking brake check 8 19 Parking brake operation 5 16 Self adjusting brakes 8 20 Break in schedule 5 19 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 2 0 000 2 27 Brightness Contrast button 4 11 Control panel buttons 4 11 Bulb check instrument panel 2 12 Bulb replacement 004 8 25 c Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ea i o ee 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 48 Cargo light switch sos su ss sora doe 2 28 Cargo See vehicle loading information CD care and cleaning CD changer See audio system CD player See audio system Check engine indicator light See malfunction indicator lamp 2 18 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 46 Child restraints 1 30 1 31 1 37 1 44 Precautions on child restraints 1 37 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 46 Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Chimes audible reminders 2 19 Cigarette lighter 2 2 0 0 aa 2 34 Cleaning exterio
327. s a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5
328. s and controls a A Ne A LIC0622 ty wal LICO554 LICO556 Armrest if so equipped 2nd row rear of front console if so equipped To open the 2nd row cup holders rear of front console lower the lid To close raise the lid 2nd row bench if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 41 LICO558 LIC0624 LIC0626 Bottle holder Type A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident 2 42 Instruments and controls Bottle holder Type B GROCERY HOOKS if so equipped The grocery hooks allow for standard size plastic grocery bags to hang side by side To access the grocery hooks fold up the rear bench seat See Folding the rear bench seat in the Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section earlier in this manual A CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 18 Ibs 8 kg to a single grocery hook LIC0625 LOCKABLE BEDSIDE STORAGE COMPARTMENT if so equipped To access the bedside storage compartment hold the key hole cover open and insert the master key Turn the key clockwise to unlock the lid The tray inside the bedside storage compartment is adjustable The bedside storage compartment will automati cally lock
329. s that without using a weight distributing ballmount the receiver is only designed to carry 5 000 Ibs When hooking up a trailer using a weight distrib uting hitch always refer to the hitch manufactur er s instructions 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sway control devices are used to help control the effects of sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles Make sure the sway control device is compatible with the trail er s brake system Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball ca
330. se of emergency AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light flashes while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you
331. side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries How ever an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain air bag will
332. sis sensor unit Supplemental front air bag modules Crash zone sensor Occupant classification system control unit Occupant classification sensor Seat belt buckle switches Pre tensioner retractor 0 Satellite sensors 1 Supplemental side air bag modules if so equipped NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system for the driver and right front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed Oo amp 2 09N The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental airbags 1 19 supplemental front air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The supplemen tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental front air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor u
333. sition for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared However to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 8 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
334. ss disc chapters titles or tracks by inputting their numeric value The gt 10 button input numbers greater than or equal to 10 allowing up three digits to be input for selecting chapter title track number The subsequent actuation of numeric buttons will continuously shift the previously input number to the left The chapter title track number will be automati cally selected if valid based on media content if 3 seconds expire without any keypad inputs The operator can cancel the input chapter title track number by actuating the CLEAR control prior to the expiration of the 3 second timer These functions can be used only for the DVD discs which correspond to them Auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are located on the control panel Compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica tion purposes Yellow video input White left channel audio input Red right channel audio input CARE AND MAINTENANCE Use a lightly dampened lint free cloth to clean the surfaces of your NISSAN mobile entertainment system DVD player face screen remote con trol etc A CAUTION e Do not use any solvents or cleaning solutions when cleaning the video system e Do not use excessive force on the moni tor screen e Avoid touching or scratching the moni tor screen as it
335. straint in a rear seat If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag ae the passenger air bag status light or 2 located under the climate controls will illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light A located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front air bag precau tions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the supplemen tal front air bag inflates Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing
336. subscription is active If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pushed the compact disc will automati cally be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception lt lt gt gt TUNE Tuning AWARNING The radio should not be tuned while driv ing so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation To manually tune the radio push the TUNE button 44 or gt or turn the tuning knob to right or left To move quickly through the channels hold either the 44 or PP button down for more than 1 5 seconds ra ci SEEK tuning Push the SEEK TRACK button M or PI for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Push the or gt l button for more than 1 5 seconds to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the M or PI button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT Satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose
337. t EE faci sans A ga E Oa MAW ode ah Be Natt we 9 34 Rear audio controls 4 37 Rear power windows 2 45 Rear sliding window 2 46 Rear sonar system off switch 2 31 Recorders Event data ooi ao ea ae a ee a 9 34 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote controller See NISSAN mobile entertainment system 4 40 Remote keyless entry system 3 7 Reporting safety defects US only 9 33 S Safety Child safety rear door lock naa 3 6 Child seat belts naana anaana 1 37 Reporting safety defects US only 9 33 Screen See NISSAN mobile entertainment SYSTEM kg eau a de eae aa a ded 4 40 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 1 3 Front power seat adjustment 1 5 Seat belt Child safety s s sa maaange Rea Se x 1 30 Infants and small children 2 2 2 1 31 Injured Person 1 2 02 0000 1 31 Larger children 2 2 eso a ak a aa 1 31 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 28 Pregnantwomen 1 31 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 25 Seat belt extenders 1 36 Seat belt maintenance 1 37 Seat belts dee db ee da ed 1 28 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 34 Three point type with retractor 1 32 Two point type without retractor rear center lap belt 1 35 Seat belt warning light
338. t and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors ACAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the low tire pressure warning system will not function properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interface and 2 this device must accept any interference received including int
339. t of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exceder XX kg ou XX Ibs VITI7 PLT ses OWNERS VANJA PRESSIO JE GOh _AGE DES YES RO DS IKUNI P XXX XX R XX AMANT XXX kPa XX PSI HRAD IONA NECRMATION ZOLA DALTRES CE ROLE COMPAD JE SCOAS ESS OY JE COY AGE DES PELS RO J3 TXXX XXRXX P XXX XX R XX ee XXX kPa XX PSI f ES AW MANUT Da COMPACT SPARF TIRE GOLD TIRI IRI LATION PRI SURI E G L XXX kPa XX PSI LDI0392 Tire and loading information label for US Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that should be seated in the ve hicle Vehicle load limit See loading information in the Technical and consumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires origi nally installed on the vehicle at the factory Recommended cold tire inflation pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear and vehicle handling characteristics based on the vehicles GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section and Spare tire size or compact spar
340. t secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD RESTRAINTS ARS1098 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 37 WRS0256 AWARNING Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not p
341. t them prop erly if they have been removed for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Folding the front passenger s seatback flat if so equipped To fold the front passenger s seatback flat for extra storage length when transporting long items Slide the seat to the rear most position Then lift up on the recline lever located on the outside of the seat and fold the seatback forward as far as it will go LRS0342 Lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback to release the back of the seat This will enable you to fold the front passenger seatback flat over the seat cush ion To return the front passenger s seat to a seating position lift up on the seatback and push it up to an upright position Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position Release the lever
342. t trailer brake controller Your vehicle is equipped with a connector and jumper harness that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake con troller To install the electric trailer brake controller jumper harness perform the following proce dure 1 Open the driver door Move the seat to the rearmost position 2 Apply the parking brake to access the jumper harness connector LTI0115 3 Locate the jumper harness connector under the lower portion of the instrument panel The connector is taped to the wiring harness as indicated The connector is marked with a white tag with electric brake connector Wire color designation for electric trailer brake controller jumper harness IRE COLOR RED GREEN Vehicle stop lamp switch to trailer brake controller BLACK Brake controller ground BROWN WHITE Trailer brake controller switched output RED BLUE Trailer brake controller illumination RED Fused trailer brake con troller battery feed B LTI0116 Peel off the tape and connect the jumper harness to the connector 2 Release the parking brake 6 Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake controller according to the manufacturer s instructions Technical and consumer information 9 29 Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is h
343. than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under in flation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail sud denly and cause an accident The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT ORIGINAL TRE SIZE ALF DJ PNEJ ICRIG NE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE 5 The combined weigh
344. the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The anti lock brake system does not operate at speeds below 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speeds vary according to road conditions When driving the anti lock brake system con trols the wheels so they will not lock when brak 5 28 Starting and driving ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road Thus difficult steering and swerving of the ve hicle due to locked wheels is minimized The system detects the wheel rotation rate and elec tronically controls the pressure applied to each brake Slight vibration on the brake pedal accom panied by noise usually occurs while the ABS system is operating Such vibration and noise encountered during abrupt braking is not a prob lem but indicates that the system is functioning properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock brake system consists of electronic sensors and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsa tion in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the computer senses any malfunction it switches t
345. the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the sunroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it tilts down the sunroof will immedi ately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the sunroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens then the sunroof will fully close gradually In this case make sure nothing is caught in the sunroof AWARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing ACAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area Sun shade Open and close the sun shade by sliding it for ward or backward Instruments and controls 2 47 If the sunroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof 2 48 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHT SITE LICO585
346. the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out 5 18 Starting and driving The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift selector lever to N Neu tral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the RES ACCEL switch When the vehicle attains
347. this button again to turn rear seat speakers back on and headphones off CD EJECT SPEAKER CONTROL button type B and D only Current disc Press the slot number 1 6 for the desired disc then pressthe button The com 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems pact disc will be ejected If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload except 3 1 in 8 cm diameter com pact discs All discs Press and hold the amp button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer y O Tl LHA0438 LHA0049 AUX jack if so equipped The AUX jack is located below the air condi tioner controls The AUX audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape player MP3 player or laptop computers Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX jack CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Neve
348. through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired 1 to 4 position and push the button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light on the E button will come on A C will appear on the display if so equipped Push the A C button again to turn off the air condi tioner The indicator light onthe button will go off A C OFF will appear on the display if so equipped The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Heated mirror switch if so equipped For more information about the heated mirror switch see Heated mirror switch in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Push the button to the OFF position for normal heating The indicator light on the C2 button will go off SY will ap pear on the display if so equipped 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the yi position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Push the amp button to the OFF position The indica
349. tification label 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 26 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSIOM ca Bede ee RS ee E A 1 44 License plate Installing the license plate 9 11 Light Air bag warning light aaa 1 27 2 16 Brake light See stop light 8 25 Bulb check instrument panel 2 12 Bulb replacement 8 25 Charge warning light 2 14 Fog light sWitchs s i scote g ese 2 27 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 24 Interior lights 202 5 240 lt 46 e008 2 48 Light bulbs 3 02 44 h dee gaa Bae 8 24 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Low washer fluid warning light 2 16 Passenger air bag and status light 1 21 2 18 Personallights 2 49 Security indicator light 1 21 2 18 Warning indicator lights and audible FEMINGGSS 2 a a ae eee ar oe ee 2 12 Lights Map lighis iuri hoo eee ea eon as 2 50 Lock Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Door locks i sgopa pund ad eae amp 3 3 Power doorlocks 05 3 4 Low fuel warning light 0 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light 2 15 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Low washer fluid warning light 2 16 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 12 M Maint maintenance button Control panel buttons 4 4 Maint Maintenance button control panel displ
350. tion 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons 9 36 Technical and consumer information Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or l
351. tion Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0 55 5 2 Three way catalyst 00 0 e cece ee eee 5 2 On pavement and off road driving PMS CAUTIONS seirinin ra EEEa 5 3 Low tire pressure warning system 005 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 5 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 5 5 Driving safety precautions 0 0 eee 5 5 IGLOS SWIER iis Sno ed
352. titute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any e When working on or near a battery al corrosion should be washed off with a solu ways wear suitable eye protection and tion of baking soda and water remove all jewelry Make certain the terminal connections are Battery posts terminals and related ac 4 clean and securely tightened cessories contain lead and lead com Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or pounds nara ae arnt longer disconnect the negative battery Keep battery out of the reach of terminal cable to prevent discharge children AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not WDI0224 allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touc
353. to LOCK P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift selector lever into the P Park position Starting and driving 5 11 R Reverse A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 4 Fourth gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous Do not downshift into the 4 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 4 position 5 12 Starting and driving 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be
354. to lock the seatback in position AWARNING e If you fold the front passenger s seat back flat forward to carry longer ob jects be sure this cargo is properly se cured and not near an air bag In a crash an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Se cure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See Precautions on supplemental restraint system later in this section When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured Passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 9 LRS0398 LRS0399 LRS0400 Folding the rear bench seat Fold the bottom of the seat cushion toward Repeat this process to raise and secure the the back of the vehicle until it locks in place seat cushion on the other side of the vehicle for maximum storage capacity To fold the rear bench seat up for storage capac ity behind the front seats or to remove the jacking tools from the storage area To return the rear bench seat to a seating position reverse the process Make sure to properly Lift up on the lever located on the side of the push the seat cushion down into place seat while lifting the front of the seat cushion up 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and
355. tor lever to the N position y position in Neutral 2 3 With the brake pedal depressed push the 4WD shift switch and move it to 4LO or 4H Tea r aoa THE TRANSFER CASE DOES NOT ENGAGE BETWEEN 4H AND wheels or use when maximum power and traction is 4LO OR 4LO TO 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE VE Illuminated required for example on steep grades or HICLE DEPRESSED THE BRAKE PEDAL AND MOVED THE AUTO rocky sandy muddy roads MATIC TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL 3 1 Before moving the automatic transmission shift lever from neutral wait until the 4LO indicator light stays on steady This indicates that the 4WD shift procedure is completed and the transfer gear is correctly set in the 4LO position If the vehicle is shifted into gear before the indicator is on steady the transfer gear may grind not engage correctly or stay in the neutral position If the 4WD warning light illuminates perform the following procedure to return the transfer case to correct operating condition 1 Turn off the engine by turning the ignition switch OFF 2 Start the engine Check that the 4WD warning light turns off If the 4WD light illuminates have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 3 Apply the parking brake depress the brake pedal and move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to Neutral position 4 With the brake pedal depressed move the 4WD shift switch to desired mode Be sure to wait until the transfer gear c
356. tor light on the CS button will go off gt will appear on the display if so equipped 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the A position Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the wy position Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to 4 and the temperature control lever to the full HOT position When the Y position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light on the button will not come on and A C will not appear on the display if so equipped if the outside tem perature is more than 36 F 2 C If in de frost mode for more than one minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the GY position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield TheS gt mode automatically turns off al lowing outside air to be drawn into t
357. tor lights and audible reminders s ice ee ee ee 2 12 Warning lights 2 0 0 0 00 oi 2 12 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheels andtires 2 2 0 0 a n 8 29 Wheel tire size ee 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another Country s s aeni ee pe ce 9 9 Window washer fluid 8 12 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 44 Manual windows 2 46 Power rear windows 2 45 Power windows 0205 2 43 Rear power windows 2 45 Rear sliding window 2 46 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 22 Wiper blades 0 5 46 244 624004 8 18 10 7 MEMO MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 ACAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL API Certification Mark API grade SL Energy Conserving ILSAC grad
358. tored in the memory switch The automatic drive positioner system can be adjusted and canceled For vehicles with naviga tion system see Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section of this manual For ve hicles without navigation system see your NISSAN dealer 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Control panel buttons if so equipped 4 2 Names of the components 0000 seas 4 3 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 3 How to use PREV button 0 00 cea 4 3 Setting up the start up screen 4 3 How to use the TRIP button 0008 4 4 How to use the SETTING button 4 6 Setting of the under section display Audio or HVAC display 00 02 c eee e eens 4 0 PID BORG ecu ede cou adcnonheswoncaadedentes 4 11 Ventilators cise situs segura ELAR ROL TSEE NENESE swine 4 11 Heater and air conditioner manual 55 4 12 CONTOS vei attest hii hamieknendenteaeem shes 4 12 Heater operation secsi si cia cei eared nae ues 4 13 Air conditioner operation 00 eee 4 15 PRITIOWCIMEIAS enaren er E 4 16 Servicing air conditioner u ssuuereeerrrrsrren 4 19 Audio System s vivescsee eee seaeetieodiecieenteeas 4 19 RadiO csinrcckswessesectetee ira esaten vie tnie 4 19 FM
359. transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the trans fer control is not secured in any drive position while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the drive wheels will not lock BRAKE OF Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Instruments and controls 2 13 When the ignition key is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied and also warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake and clutch fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel 2 14 Instruments and controls if the brake
360. ts 1 Insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage 2 Tighten the belt by pulling the free end of the belt away from the tongue Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 35 WRS0447 WRS0448 WRSO201 3 Position the lap belt low and snug on the hips as illustrated 4 Loosen the belt by holding the tongue at a right angle to the belt then pull on the belt 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button the buckle SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the three point lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is avail able which is compatible with the installed seat belts The extender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or right front passenger seating posi tion See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if an extender is required AWARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is no
361. ty Informa tion Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Re fer to Wheels and tires in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire r
362. ty systems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed How to arm the vehicle security sys tem 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open Remove the key from the ignition switch Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed or with the keyfob Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature vehicles without navigation system in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section or Vehicle electronic systems vehicles with navigation system in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section 4 Confirm that the S indicator light comes on The S28 light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the ve hicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The ca light begins to flash o
363. uence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this owner s manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for four wheel drive models a 2 5Zzy mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate four wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving safety precautions in the Start ing and driving section of this manual ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions and Avoid ing collision and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driving section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performan
364. ues to flash the system is not engaged For additional information see Electronic lock ing rear differential E Lock system switch later in this section and Electronic locking rear differ ential E Lock system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual AWD shift indicator light xy model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other Instruments and controls 2 17 Front passenger air bag status light or Bee The front passenger air bag status light or Xa will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the right front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags section of this manual High beam indicator light 0 Blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Mene Malfunction indicator lamp SOON MIL If this indicator lamp comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running
365. ular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the 4 button for about 8 seconds The current zone number will ap pear in the display 2 Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration Record the zone number 3 Press and hold the button until the new zone number appears in the display After you stop pressing the switch in the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction 1 With the display turned on push the button about 8 seconds until the zone se lection comes up a number will be dis played in the mirror compass window 2 Toggle until correct zone is found and re lease button The display will return to the normal com pass mode within 5 seconds of no button activity If the vehicle changes zone repeat steps 1 through 3 See map If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized dealer The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened
366. ularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly especially during win ter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt could discolor the wheels CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fab ric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cl
367. unning or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake bedding The parking brake shoes must be bedded down whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance Starting and driving 5 27 This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS The anti lock brake system controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver main tain steering control and helps to minimize swerv ing and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down AWARNING Do not pump
368. up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Technical and consumer information 9 3 Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se
369. us per sonal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags 1 25 e Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The driver and right front passenger seat belts include a pre tensioner seat belt system that activates in conjunction with the supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retrac tor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pre tensioner seat belts have activated load limiters allow t
370. ut the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seri ously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat e NISSAN recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a three point type seat belt In addition this vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child re straints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags Child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes are offered by several manufactur ers When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle
371. utton HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE PREV BUTTON This button has two functions Go back to the previous display cancel If you touch PREV button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen Finish setup If you touch this button after the setup is com pleted the setup will start over and the display will return to the climate control or audio mode and Navigation screen SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition key to ACC or ON the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the l AGREE English or ENTER Frangais key then push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button the Navigation system will not proceed to the next step display If you do not touch the button or screen key for more than 1 minute on the TRIP SETTING or START UP screen the screen will change to TRIP screen automatically To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 250 TRIP 1 Elapsed Time 6 55 04 Driving Distance 46 7 miles 6 7 MPH Average Speed Reset A LHA0398 FUEL ECONOMY 250 Avera
372. vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to the P Park position then the key can be turned to LOCK P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift selector lever into the P Park position R Reverse ACAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Starting and driving 5 13 MANUAL SHIFT ON OFF LSDO100 Manual shift mode When the manual shift mode button is pressed while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected m
373. ward the front Q of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening and closing windows The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Qe LPDO241 a cS g LPDO183 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 1 then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle
374. wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this section for Wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See Periodic mainte nance in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide IGNITION SWITCH OFF WSD0041 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to LOCK position and removed until the shift selector lever is moved to the P Park posi tion When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park position the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position When the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OF
375. when the lid is closed You do not need to use the key A CAUTION e Do not store a total load of more than 22 Ibs 10 kg inside the storage compartment Do not use the storage compartment or storage compartment lid as a step Do ing so may damage them WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents Instruments and controls 2 43 LICO579 Window lock button Door lock unlock button Front passenger side automatic switch Right rear passenger window switch Left rear passenger window switch Driver side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch DaN The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the 2 44 Instruments and controls OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to th
376. will downshift or upshift as it reaches prescribed shift points You can also shift manually As driving conditions change and engine coolant temperature is reduced vehicle speed can be increased using the accelerator pedal and air conditioning cooling function will automatically be turned back ON Starting and driving 5 9 If 1 The engine coolant temperature is not re duced 2 The air conditioning cooling function does not turn back ON 3 The engine oil pressure warning engine coolant temperature high indicator il luminates this may indicate a malfunction Move the vehicle off the road in a safe area and allow the engine to cool If after check ing the oil and coolant the remains on do not continue to drive and call a NISSAN dealer The malfunction indicator lamp may also come ON If only it remains on you do not need to have your vehicle towed but have it inspected soon by a NISSAN dealer See Malfunction indicator lamp in the Warning and indicator lights sec tion of this manual 5 10 Starting and driving AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving Pull to the side of the road to a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency secti
377. wner s manual service manual order information i cos 6 Sa ee ee ai a 9 35 P Parking Parking brake check 8 19 Parking brake operation 5 16 Parking parking onhills 5 26 Pedal position adjustment 3 13 Personal lights css ai 25 a6 fhe 4 Se 2 49 Power Front seat adjustment 1 5 Power door locks sanadi enyd a taa 3 4 Power outlet lt e ba tee aes 2 32 Power rear windows 2 45 Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 27 Power windows 0005 2 43 Rear power windows 2 45 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving PreCautions saes cree sneer ct SR a 5 3 Precautions on child restraints 1 37 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 28 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEME macina doare Few 2 ek Bead 1 12 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 25 PREV button aus ane whe dad oe toad 4 3 Prev button Control panel buttons 4 3 Programmable features 4 3 4 6 Push stating 226425024 dn 4 6 244 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 48 Compact Disc CD changer 4 33 FM AM radio with compact disc CD playeris 6 4 Sad ke ey ae AGG 4 22 Rear audio controls 4 37 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 36 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M tes
378. xt station Compact disc CD changer operation A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first push the LOAD button If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pushing the POWER VOLUME control knob will start the compact disc LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the compact disc loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play lt lt
379. xtended length of time Keep the back door and rear vent win dows closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the back door or rear vent windows Open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan conirol dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the back door or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They
380. y Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags e All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 pounds 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appr
381. ydroplan ing or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C Temperature grades are A the highest B and C They represent a tire s resistance to heat build up and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem perature can cause tire material to degenerate reducing tire life Excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a performance level which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades A and B rep resent higher levels of performance on laboratory test wheels than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs
382. ys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted When towing with the hitch ball mounted to the rear bumper do not make sharp turns The trailer may con tact the bumper and cause damage to the bumper or trailer Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accor dance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights ACAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer light

2004 Nissan Titan Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents